<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en-GB">
	<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Dwm</id>
	<title>PD Crew Wiki - User contributions [en-gb]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Dwm"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/crew-wiki/Special:Contributions/Dwm"/>
	<updated>2026-04-04T13:14:20Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.39.6</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Character_processes&amp;diff=6442</id>
		<title>Character processes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Character_processes&amp;diff=6442"/>
		<updated>2025-09-13T19:57:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Ribbon bonding: refine documentation of procedure to help clarify edge cases&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page contains an exciting mix of things that players have to do, things that players can &#039;&#039;(and should, if possible)&#039;&#039; do themselves, things we’re happy to do for them, and things &#039;&#039;we&#039;&#039; have to do that players can’t.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Players have to:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* create new characters&lt;br /&gt;
* create new bands&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Players generally should, but GOD can:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* record character retirements or deaths&lt;br /&gt;
* check what skills they know&lt;br /&gt;
* assign their own skill points&lt;br /&gt;
* choose which rituals and recipes to learn from within Imperial lore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GOD can:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* manually reassign skill points (e.g. for new players, or for access reasons)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GOD has to:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* perform dead-or-alive checks&lt;br /&gt;
* activate new characters&lt;br /&gt;
* move characters between nations&lt;br /&gt;
* change or swap characters’ Personal Resources&lt;br /&gt;
* record that characters have learned rituals or recipes that fall outside Imperial lore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the processes in this chapter, start by getting to the “Character” tab of the crew interface unless otherwise specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Miscellaneous===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating new characters====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new character, a player needs to log into their PD account on a device connected to the PD Wi-Fi. If they have their own phone or laptop and can connect to the PD Wi-Fi, or can use a player PC, this is ideal, but if necessary and the queue is short enough they can use one of the query PCs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When creating a new character, the player can join any publicly listed band. If they want to join a secret band, they can only do that in play; from our perspective, that process is described in (&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039; Create Bond). Once the new character has been created, the player should come to the front desk in GOD and ask for the new character to be activated and their new pack to be printed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating new bands====&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new band, a player needs to log into their PD account on a device connected to the PD Wi-Fi. Once the band has been created, there are two ways characters can join:&lt;br /&gt;
* If the band is public, new characters can join during the character generation process, by simply selecting the band name from a drop-down list.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the band is secret, or the character looking to join is already in play, the only way for them to join is in play, using the (&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039; Create Bond spell per Create Bond.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dead or Alive?====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; that egregores can check whether a character in their nation is dead or alive.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Get to the “Players” tab of the crew interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Look up the PID of the character’s player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click on the “Characters” tab under the player name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Check that the relevant character is a member of the egregore’s nation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. If the character status is “Dead”, the character is dead. If the character status is “Retired” or “Played”, the character is alive. Tell the egregore whether the character is dead or alive according to our system (obviously, particularly during and shortly after battles, there may be a delay between the character dying and it getting updated on the database, but egregores should be expecting that).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details===&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes the function of the buttons present on the right-hand side of the page on the Details tab under the character name.&lt;br /&gt;
====Play character====&lt;br /&gt;
This button is only present for a character that has been created but not activated&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Play Character”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. A pop-up will appear saying something like “Please confirm that you wish to set [character] to played and create their resource and inventory.” Click “Confirm”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. A button labelled “Event Pack” will now appear on the right-hand side of the page. Click “Event Pack”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. A pop-up will appear saying something like “Please confirm that you wish to book out the inventory for [character] and print them an event pack.” Click “Confirm”.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: because the character has been newly set to played, you should always see a confirmation that the player envelope and passport have been sent to the print queue. You should never see a message that the envelope and passport were already in the print queue. If you do, something has gone very wrong – get one of the heads of department to come and poke around in the system!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Either ask the player to wait while you assemble their pack (see 9.2 Making up), or ask them to come back in a time frame you have agreed with the heads of department, and make a note of the PID, the time you sent their pack request to the print queue, and the time you told them to come back. Make sure the heads of department have this information.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retiring and killing characters====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Retiring&#039;&#039; a character leaves them alive but makes them unplayable. &#039;&#039;Killing&#039;&#039; a character changes their status to dead. When players come in to GOD to register a character death, they should hand in any game items that were on their character’s body at the moment they stopped phys-repping the body. (So, for example, if their body was looted after their death but before they stopped phys-repping the body, those items are still in circulation and do not need to be handed in!) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players can both retire characters and report character deaths themselves, but we’ll often do it for them. If a player has already generated a new character, go ahead and retire or kill their existing active character for them before activating their new character. If they haven’t, feel free to tell them to head to the player PCs (or use one of their own devices connected to the PD Wi-Fi) to report their character death and create their new character, then come back to the front desk to have their new character activated and their new pack prepared.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The steps are at least straightforward for this one:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Retire Character” or “Kill Character” as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click “Confirm” in the dialogue box.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Edit character====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Enter the PID and press Tab or Enter. (This will automatically take you to the page of the currently active character.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click “Edit Character” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The only things you should ever change using this dialogue box are the name and the archetype. &#039;&#039;&#039;Do not change any other field via this dialogue unless you are being given explicit instructions by a head of department or referee&#039;&#039;&#039;: some fields can be changed via other menus, and some fields should not be changed at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join band (banner, coven, or sect)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Characters can be joined to a band (a banner, coven, or sect).  This is not done via the character screen, but by a [[Magic|magical casting (small magic)]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refs can record such magical castings, but sometimes players come to GOD to ask us to record a casting after the fact. There are a set of [[Referee_Guidelines#Rituals_and_Bonding|guidelines for referees]] which you may find helpful.  The [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Create_bond#Casting Empire wiki entry for Create bond] is also informative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;FIXME: The below should probably be moved into [[Magic]].&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;FIXME: The below procedure should be double-checked as being correct. If in doubt, consult a referee or head of department.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Caution|The Oath used to bond a player character into a Band is secret information; it&#039;s like a password to prove membership.  While this information may be shown to you in the web interface, &#039;&#039;do not share this with the player&#039;&#039; — it is shown to you so that you can verify that the player is authorised to perform the action.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Join band (banner, coven, or sect)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Select &#039;&#039;Magic&#039;&#039; from the top-level menu.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select &#039;&#039;[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire/createbond Create Bond]&#039;&#039; from the next top-level menu.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the CID of the Caster.  If the person in front of you doesn&#039;t know their CID, try pressing the Search button and looking up the caster with the details the player does know.  The corresponding character name should appear when you tab away; double check with the requestor that this sounds right!&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask the player and record the type of Band that the player has been bonded to — either a &#039;&#039;Banner&#039;&#039;, a &#039;&#039;Coven&#039;&#039;, or a &#039;&#039;Sect&#039;&#039; — and record this.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask the player which Nation the Band is within and record this.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask the player the name of the Band they&#039;re being joined to, and select this.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask the player to recite the Oath for the band they&#039;re being joined to.  &#039;&#039;&#039;This is secret information, do not share this with the player.&#039;&#039;&#039;  If the Oath the player recites matches that on the screen, accept the bonding as genuine.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record the CIDs of the target character(s).  (A single casting can bond multiple player characters at the same time for the same fixed cost.)  Confirm the list of target character(s) with the person in front of you is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
# Request and retrieve 1 Mana from the player.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press &#039;&#039;Process Spell&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Leave band====&lt;br /&gt;
Players can leave a band for any reason, but we have to process this for them. &#039;&#039;(Players automatically leave all bands when moving nations).&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Leave Band”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Double-check with the player which of their Banner, Coven, and Sect they wish to leave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tick the appropriate check boxes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move nation====&lt;br /&gt;
Before registering a change of nation at GOD, players should have completed roleplay in the field and obtained agreement from the egregore of the nation the character is moving to.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Confirm that the character has performed the appropriate roleplaying with the egregore of the nation they are moving to. This is a key step, but some players aren’t aware of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Find the page for the player’s character, and click “Move Nation”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the pop-up, select the new nation from the drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When a character changes nation they &#039;&#039;may&#039;&#039; also wish to change the location of their Personal Resource (see Personal Resources below), but this isn’t a requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Personal Resources====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;For more details&#039;&#039;&#039;-[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Resource#Personal_Resource Personal Resources- Player wiki]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are nine types of Personal Resource, listed here along with what a basic (level 1) resource of each type, that is not&lt;br /&gt;
subject to any penalties, produces each downtime:&lt;br /&gt;
• Business: produces 9 crowns&lt;br /&gt;
• Congregation: produce 5 doses of liao; provides 10 votes in the Imperial Synod; &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be owned by crew&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
• Farm: produces 9 crowns&lt;br /&gt;
• Fleet: trades to produce items or money, or privateers to produce random resources&lt;br /&gt;
• Forest: produces 12 units of one rare material&lt;br /&gt;
• Herb garden: produces 14 herbs (2 Bladeroot, 2 Cerulean Mazzarine, 2 Imperial Roseweald, 2 Marrowort, 6 True&lt;br /&gt;
Vervain)&lt;br /&gt;
• Mana site: produces 7 mana crystals&lt;br /&gt;
• Military unit: can be used to enhance an Imperial army, or to produce random resources&lt;br /&gt;
• Mine: produces 12 units of one rare metal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of things players might want to do with their resource, some of which GOD can help with and some of&lt;br /&gt;
which we can’t.&lt;br /&gt;
====Change resource====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether or not we charge people depends on why they want to change resource. If they’re a new player or character, they’re still getting to grips with the game, or they’re not having fun, they can change resource for free. Otherwise, there’s a charge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; game crew – crew like GOD whose crewing mostly happens during time-in, rather than, say, the site crew who make things happen before and after time-in – cannot have Congregations as their personal resource. This probably won’t come up, but if you do get a crew member asking to change their resource to a Congregation, call a head of department over.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “New Resource”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In the pop-up that appears, select the desired new resource from the “Type” drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Check whether the player wishes to change the location of their resource, and if so make that change using the “Territory” drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Select one of the Payment radio button options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Swap resource====&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes two players will want to swap ownership of their resources. Provided you have both players in front of you and they’re both happy with this, go ahead and do it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is also how to handle resources that were left by a dead character to another in a will: swap the dead character’s resource with the living character’s resource. You can normally take it on trust that the players are being reasonable here, but if you’re concerned, get a head of department.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Neither GOD nor referees will register wills out-of-character, nor will the Civil Service register them in character; they’re entirely managed by players, with the sole exceptions of &#039;&#039;(a)&#039;&#039; they need someone in GOD to swap resources over, and &#039;&#039;(b)&#039;&#039; if there’s a dispute about a will, player characters are able to involve the magistrates, who are PD NPC crew.)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Navigate to the character page of one of the players.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Confirm that their resource is what they think it should be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Swap Resource”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the pop-up that appears, enter the other player’s PID in the “Recipient” box and press Enter or Tab, or click “Search”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Confirm with the players that the recipient character name is what they expect. (If not, see Looking up PID&#039;s in [[Player accounts]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Select one of the Payment radio button options. &#039;&#039;(For resource swaps, you will almost always need to take payment.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Assign Resource====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ignore this button&#039;&#039;&#039;. If GOD ever needs to touch it, something has gone wrong – escalate to a head of department so they can handle things.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upgrades====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal resources can only be upgraded during downtime. This is not something we can do in GOD during an event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal resources can only be upgraded one level per downtime. Upgrading a resource requires Bourse resources (i.e. mithril, weirwood, or white granite). The number of wains required is equal to the level being upgraded to, so upgrading a resource from level 1 to level 2 requires 2 wains of the relevant material; upgrading from level 2 to level 3 requires 3 wains; and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check what level a resource has been upgraded to, click the resource type under the character details. The resource details will open, likely in a new tab. In the Details tab, next to the heading “Upgrades”, a pair of numbers will be given in the format “2 / 1”.&lt;br /&gt;
* The first number indicates the number of upgrades the resource has received. This is likely to be relevant when double-checking that people are about to swap the resources they intended to.&lt;br /&gt;
* The second number indicates the effective number of upgrades taking into account any bonuses or penalties. For more detail as to what’s going on for any particular resource, see the “Magic” tab. This information is likely to be relevant if somebody received fewer materials in their player pack than they expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Skills===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are lots of things relating to skills that players can do for themselves. In general, in this section, use your discretion: if there’s a long queue for the player PCs and a short queue for queries, or the player wants to ask multiple questions and skills are only some of them, or they’re a new player or generally seem like they’d benefit from reassurance, feel free to use your judgement about whether to redirect them or whether to answer their questions yourself. All the step-by-step instructions in this section assume that you are starting from the “Skills” tab of a Character page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Miscellaneous information====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sometimes players are concerned that their player passport is out-of-date, either because they think GOD crew won’t believe they know how to do things (we can check on the computers if we’re worried), or because they’re concerned they’ll forget what they know. Offer to hand-write the details of their skills on their existing passport (and initial it). As a last resort, offer to print out a new copy of their player passport.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a player wants to know how much XP they have to spend: ideally redirect them to someone who can show them how to find this out for themselves at the player PCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Learning new skills====&lt;br /&gt;
Characters learn skills by spending skill points, or XP. Characters receive 8 XP on creation, and 1 XP for the first and third event they attend each year. Players can spend XP themselves using player PCs or their own devices (connected to the PD Wi-Fi). If players aren’t sure how to do this themselves – or are unsure how many XP points they have available – ideally they’d be&lt;br /&gt;
redirected to the player PCs, if a member of GOD crew is present to explain to them, or show them how to do it. Use your judgement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; if you do wind up adding skills for players, be aware that the system lets crew spend more XP than the player actually has available, because it’s very occasionally useful to allow players to “overspend” their XP. You should never be doing this unless you have been told to by a head of department.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Skills” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the “Add Skill” button in the middle of the page, under the “Total Points Available” line.&lt;br /&gt;
* Note the appearance of the “Total Points Allocated” line. When the number after the “Total Points Allocated” line is equal to the number of points after the “Total Points Available” line, you have spent all the character’s XP and should not keep adding skills!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Choose a skill from the drop-down box labelled “Choose One”.&lt;br /&gt;
* Note that some skills require other skills as prerequisites, e.g. the skill “Hero” must be bought before any of the other “Heroic Skills” can be purchased. See the wiki for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If necessary, click “Add Skill” again to generate another drop-down box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. If at any point you make a mistake, click “Delete” next to the skill you wish to delete (or simply change the dropdown to a skill you intended to add). At any time, you can click “Cancel” at the bottom of the page to discard all your changes and leave the page, or “Reset” to return the page to the state it was in before you began editing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Read out the list of changes you’ve made to the player to confirm they’re happy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. When complete, click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; that the interface for players looks different – both in terms of how to get there and in terms of what it looks like once you are there. Watching over our shoulders won’t help them much with sorting themselves out in future!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Learning new rituals or recipes for items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players can master most rituals (for mages) or learn most recipes for items (for artisans) themselves, at player PCs or using their own devices connected to PD Wi-Fi. Use your discretion.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To master a ritual that is part of Imperial lore:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Rituals” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Find an empty lore slot for the appropriate realm for the ritual, i.e. one with a blank drop-down (“Choose One”) next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player doesn’t know the realm for the ritual, you can look it up on the wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player does not have an empty lore slot, they will need to spend XP on an additional ritual slot for the appropriate realm. You can do this for them now (see Learning new skills above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select the ritual name from the drop-down box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
However, when characters learn rituals or recipes that do not form part of Imperial lore, this must be recorded by a member of GOD crew (or sometimes by MattP).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For mastering a ritual that is not part of Imperial lore:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The player must have in their possession the physical “ritual text” (magic bit of paper), which will usually be printed on vellum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click “Edit Rituals” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Find an “Extra lore” slot with a blank drop-down (“Choose One”) next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player does not have an empty “Extra lore” slot, they will need to spend XP on “Extra ritual”. You can do this for them now (see Learning new skills above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Select the ritual matching the name on the ritual text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To learn to make items in general:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Items” from the buttons on the right-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. &#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039;: complete this, including noting the restrictions on what levels of thing can go where.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Learning to make an item that is not part of Imperial lore happens rarely. If you’re confused about an item a player is asking about, escalate to the heads of department – they might well need to radio through to plot to ask what’s going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dropping and forgetting skills====&lt;br /&gt;
Players sometimes want to forget skills, rituals, or recipes they already know, for a variety of reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
* After a brand new player’s first event, they can retrain as many skills and options as they want to, including all of them, by logging in to their account on the PD website. There’s an enormous amount of lore, and getting your head around it takes time! We can also do this for them at their first event, especially if they’re not having fun.&lt;br /&gt;
* After every event a player attends, they can retrain a single skill, crafting option, or pair of rituals, by logging in to their account on the PD website. If a player did not use this option during downtime before an event, they can do it themselves at the event using a player PC or their own device.&lt;br /&gt;
* Sometimes a player’s access needs change, e.g. they have spent a lot of XP points on battle skills but can no longer participate in battles. In these cases, we need to remove all their battle skills for them. Err on the side of generosity and believing the player, here – and if in doubt, escalate to more senior crew or heads of department.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, if a player wants to forget more than one skill for IC reasons rather than OC reasons (e.g. access reasons, being a brand new player), they’ll need to forget skills gradually, one per event, or find some other in character mechanism (e.g. this has sometimes been possible with magic rituals) – but do escalate if you’re at all unsure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: if players want to forget all the rituals they’ve mastered, freeing up all their ritual slots, this is possible in-game with the ritual Infant Starts with a Blank Slate. Tell them that a ritual exists for this, and ask them if they’d like to be told the name by you or if they’d rather find it out in play – either is fine!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To use a player’s ability to forget one skill, one item recipe, or two mastered rituals per event on their behalf:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Drop Skill” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will be taken to the “Retrain Skill” page.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player wishes to retrain a skill:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Click the button labelled “Retrain” next to the skill the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
– Some skills are prerequisites for others. For example, the skill “Magician” cannot be retrained while a character knows any realm lore. The “Retrain Skill” button won’t appear next to a skill that is a required for other known skills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player wishes to retrain rituals:&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Click “Cancel” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Click “Rituals” from the tabs underneath the character name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Click “Retrain Ritual” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Click the button labelled “Retrain” next to up to two rituals the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(e) Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player wishes to retrain an item recipe:&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Click “Cancel” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Click “Items” from the tabs underneath the character name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Click “Retrain Item” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Click the button labelled “Retrain” next to the item the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(e) Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The player can then relearn skills, rituals, and recipes as normal (see Learning new skills, Learning new rituals or recipes for items above).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To forget multiple skills, e.g. for access reasons or for a brand new player, without affecting the player’s ability to forget one skill per downtime:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Skills” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the button labelled “Delete” next to each skill the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
* Note: this system will let you delete skills that are prerequisites for other skills. For example, you will be able to delete “Magician” without also deleting “Autumn lore”. If in doubt, check the wiki or check in with more senior crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To forget rituals:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Rituals” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the button labelled “Delete” next to each ritual the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To forget item recipes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Items” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the button labelled “Delete” next to each item the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ignore the “Edit Dropped Skills” button &#039;&#039;&#039;– &#039;&#039;you shouldn’t ever need to use this if you’re not a head of department.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, the entire contents of people’s inventories should be “booked out” into their player packs at the beginning of every event. In a small number of cases, this might not happen – if so, any items still in people’s inventories should be listed on the “Inventory” tab under the character name. All the processes in this section assume you’re starting from the Inventory tab unless otherwise specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some frequently asked questions are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Can I deposit…? →New Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Can I withdraw…? →New Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* I thought my pack was supposed to contain… →Show Entries&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Actually write this up&lt;br /&gt;
====New entry====&lt;br /&gt;
Generally players are discouraged from depositing items to their inventory at the event unless they’re using them immediately for a ritual or similar. (See Resource hand-in in [[Player Packs- GOD]])&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To record deposits:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “New Entry” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page. A pop-up will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. For each resource, enter a positive number in the appropriate box. Multiple resources can be deposited at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Under the “Details” heading:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) leave the “Type” drop-down as “Handed in at God”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) change the “Notes” field to “Handed in at…” (from “Handed in after…”)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To record withdrawals (hopefully rarely!):&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “New Entry”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. For each resource that is being withdrawn, enter a negative number in the corresponding box, i.e. a minus sign followed by a number. Multiple resources can be withdrawn at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Under the “Details” heading:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) change the “Type” drop-down to “Handed out at God”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) change the “Notes” field to “Handed out at…”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Show entries====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button is mostly useful for detective work, when someone’s confused or surprised about the quantity of resource in their pack. This is usually because they are &#039;&#039;(or in some cases are not)&#039;&#039; under the effect of some ritual or military action, which you’ll likely be able to dig out of the full history of inventory transactions. Grab a more senior member of crew to talk you through this until you’re confident with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Book out====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the button to click when you want to withdraw everything in a player’s inventory without having to fiddle around with the individual numbers. You shouldn’t need to use this very often.&lt;br /&gt;
====Not collected====&lt;br /&gt;
See &#039;&#039;Break down&#039;&#039; in [[Player Packs- GOD]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transfer====&lt;br /&gt;
You’re unlikely to need to use this button. Check with a head of department if you think you do&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downtime===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Downtime Downtime- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab only appears for characters with the Artisan skill. It provides information about which items the character made during downtime between events, and which resources they consumed to make those items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; flesh this out more – what Do about it? What information do we give players? What Problems do they Have?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bonds===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Create_bond Create bond- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; what Problems? what Information can we Provide?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Magic===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Magic Magic- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab provides information about magical effects the character is under.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; what Problems? what Information can we Provide?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Soul===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Testimony Testimonies- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will show Testimony but…. what else? what do we need to know? what can we tell players under what circumstances? &amp;amp;c.?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ribbons===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Caution|Check this section for accuracy!}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Bonding items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All &#039;&#039;Magicians&#039;&#039; can [[EmpireWiki:Create_bond|magically bond a magical item to a character]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Artificers&#039;&#039; can also create bonds between characters and magical items, but they can only bond items they know how to make, and cannot break bonds once forged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can never have two bonded items of the same type to the same person in the same day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A magic item can only be bonded to one person at a time; if an item is already bonded to a character, it must first be unbonded by a magician before it can be rebonded to another character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Check whether the character is a &#039;&#039;Magician&#039;&#039; or an &#039;&#039;Artisan&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Artisans&#039;&#039; can perform this action for free, but only for items they know how to make.&lt;br /&gt;
** Otherwise, &#039;&#039;Magicians&#039;&#039; can spend a personal mana to perform this action on any item.&lt;br /&gt;
* The player must show you the ribboned item attached to some suitable physrep.&lt;br /&gt;
* The character the item is being bonded to must be within touching distance and willing.&lt;br /&gt;
** You may choose not to insist on having them present when recording an action after the fact if justified by OOC accessibility reasons, though this should be noted.&lt;br /&gt;
* If all is satisfactory:&lt;br /&gt;
** Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Ribbon&#039;&#039;&#039; interface, and enter the ribbon number.&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &amp;quot;Create Bond&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
** Enter the caster&#039;s CID and verify that the displayed caster&#039;s character name is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
** Enter the target&#039;s CID and verify with the caster that this is what they expect.&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Bond&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This immediately bonds the magic item to the target character.  A message may be displayed to relay to the caster.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Unbonding items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All &#039;&#039;Magicians&#039;&#039; can [[EmpireWiki:Create_bond#Bonding_Magic_Items|unbond an item from a character]], at the cost of a personal mana.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the owner of a bond is present, they must be willing to allow the bond to be broken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Check that the caster&#039;s character is a Magician and has a personal mana to spend.&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate the appropriate Ribbon page on the system:&lt;br /&gt;
** If the ribbon is in front of you, enter the number.&lt;br /&gt;
** If the character it is bound to is front of you, load their character entry, select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Bonds&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, and select the appropriate ribbon entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* You should now have the appropriate &#039;&#039;Ribbon&#039;&#039; page displayed in front of you.&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Bond History&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Break Bond&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
** Follow the on-screen instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the character is not present when the &amp;quot;Break Bond&amp;quot; spell is cast, then the power of the item for the day is automatically used, as is the character’s ability to use an item of that type for that day. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identifying items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is described in the section [[Magic#Detect_magic|Detect Magic]] on the [[Magic]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039; Fill out this section!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; what for, when to use, how to use&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Magic&amp;diff=6441</id>
		<title>Magic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Magic&amp;diff=6441"/>
		<updated>2025-09-13T17:12:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Winged Messenger: document that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Synod Votes&amp;#039;&amp;#039; don&amp;#039;t count for automated book-outs and can be ignored.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Empire runs on three main strands: magic, religion, and politics. This chapter of the manual deals with GOD’s interactions with magic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you go to the “Magic” tab of the crew interface, you will land on the “New Ritual” page, which is discussed in detail in &#039;&#039;New Ritual&#039;&#039; below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Notes on how / when players can change rituals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Spells===&lt;br /&gt;
Spells are “small” magics. Every character with the Magician skill is able to cast some spells, and some magicians spend XP to be able to cast additional spells. Unlike rituals, we don’t record every spell that gets cast. Players cast a lot of spells over the course of an event, and it’s just not worth the effort. However, not needing to record the casting of a spell doesn’t mean we don’t need to do anything with them at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, casting a spell will cost “personal mana”. Every mage gets a supply of personal mana for free, and we don’t track usage of personal mana in the system. Occasionally characters will run out of personal mana and need to use crystallised mana (i.e. mana cards); you only need to worry about this if you have a mage who seems to be casting at least four spells in quick succession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Detect magic====&lt;br /&gt;
Detect magic is nominally a single spell, but from our perspective it’s really six different spells in one. Each time someone casts any of these variants, it will cost them one mana (personal or crystallised), so someone casting the full set of spells that can target a magic item (Identify Magical Item, Divination and Discern Enchantment) will be spending three mana. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s easy for a character to run out of personal mana if they’re doing this sort of thing, so you should check how someone is paying the mana if they’re casting more than four spells at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Identify magic item=====&lt;br /&gt;
If someone says they want to cast “Detect Magic” without any further qualification, they almost always actually mean “Identify Magical Item”. This is normally the first step for any character who has found a ribboned item, since the ribbon itself is likely to say nothing more informative than “Weapon”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players will sometimes ask to “identify this ribbon” or similar. There’s a subtle but important distinction here: their character is casting the spell to identify the item, and in character, the ribbon does not exist. The ribbon is there to allow us to track that the physrep it is attached to is not, for example, a common-or-garden sword but a magical sword with special abilities. Their character is instead identifying the magical item that, out of character, the ribbon is attached to.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Get the player to confirm they’re a mage. You can take their word for this. If they’re not a mage, they can’t cast the spell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Get the player to give you the ribbon ID for the item they want to identify. Unless they have a very good reason, they should be able to show you the ribbon itself. Occasionally someone will try to cast this on an item that doesn’t have a ribbon, in which case the result is simple: “this is not a magical item”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Confirm the ribbon is attached to a reasonable physrep, unless they have a good excuse such as the physrep being heavy armour they don’t want to carry across the field. There’s a fair degree of latitude here, but we do expect players to make at least a passable effort to have an appropriate physrep for the item. If it’s a sword they’ve looted on the battlefield, the best they might be able to do is a dagger or a mace or a hessian sack (preferably with “swag” written on the side…), all of which would be fine, but a teddybear or no physrep at all wouldn’t be good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. From the crew page, click the “Ribbon” tab, and enter the ribbon ID in the box. Press Tab or Enter, and the ribbon should load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Review the “Ref Notes” section, just in case there’s something odd about this item that means this needs special handling. In particular, if there are any notes about a “Mark of Ownership”, you should tell the player that the item is subject to a mark of ownership, and tell them the recorded character name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Provide the player with the details in the “Name” and “Bonded Power” sections, and nothing else.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Divination=====&lt;br /&gt;
Divination is the mechanism by which characters can work out what other things they could do to find out something interesting about an item. For most items, there is nothing to report here, but generally players will be performing this on some item where they have reason to believe there is something interesting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a player has a ribbon and wants to know how they can find out more about it, telling them they can cast this spell (or find a mage who can cast this spell) is often sensible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Get the player to confirm they’re a mage. You can take their word for this. If they’re not a mage, they can’t cast the spell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Get the player to give you the ribbon ID for the item they want to identify. Unless they have a very good reason, they should be able to show you the ribbon itself. Occasionally someone will try to cast this on an item that doesn’t have a ribbon, in which case the result is simple: “divination tells you nothing interesting about this item”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Confirm the ribbon is attached to a reasonable physrep, unless they have a good excuse such as the physrep being heavy armour they don’t want to carry across the field. There’s a fair degree of latitude here, but we do expect players to make at least a passable effort to have an appropriate physrep for the item. If it’s a sword they’ve looted on the battlefield, the best they might be able to do is a dagger or  a mace or a hessian sack (preferably with “swag” written on the side…), all of which would be fine, but a teddybear&lt;br /&gt;
or no physrep at all wouldn’t be good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. From the crew page, click the “Ribbon” tab, and enter the ribbon ID in the box. Press Tab or Enter, and the ribbon should load.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Review the “Ref Notes” section, just in case there’s something odd about this item that means this needs special handling. In particular, if there are any notes about a “Mark of Ownership”, you should tell the player that the item is subject to a mark of ownership, and tell them the recorded character name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If there are any boxes with red outlines on the page, provide the player with the names of the rituals or ceremonies stated in those boxes. Don’t tell them anything else, and in particular don’t give them any of the text to the left of those red boxes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Discern enchantment=====&lt;br /&gt;
Discern Enchantment is the way for characters to find out some basic information about other rituals that an item might be subject to. Honestly, this is sufficiently rare that I can’t remember how to handle it. If one of these comes up, get a ref or one of the heads of department to help, and we’ll work it out on the fly. &#039;&#039;(Then remind us to update this manual!)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Identify ritual performance&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;incredibly unlikely&#039;&#039; event that someone comes to GOD to attempt to cast this spell, you’ll need to hand them over to a ref.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Discern Arcane Mark=====&lt;br /&gt;
“Arcane Marks” are magical records that a character has joined one of the Empire’s magical Orders. The vast majority of the time, this will be handled in the field with a ref, but &#039;&#039;in theory&#039;&#039; it could come to GOD.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Get the player who cast the spell to give you their PID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. From the crew page, click “Character”, then enter their PID (with or without the additional CID part) in CID box, then press Tab or Enter to load their character page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Check the character is a mage: they should have “Magician” in a list of skills at the bottom of the page. If they’re not a mage, they can’t cast the spell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Check if the character is a member of one of the Empire’s orders: if they are, it’ll be listed as “Order” in the main part of the character page, in the same place as “Banner”, “Coven” and “Sect”. The entry simply doesn’t appear for characters who aren’t members of an order. If this character is a member of the order, note the name of the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm the result here is what the player is expecting: it’s occasionally the case that the database gets this wrong. You may need to be subtle about this, as membership of orders can be an in-character secret. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s fine for the character to not be a member of an order, you just need to know because it affects the later results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Get the details of the target of the spell:&lt;br /&gt;
* If the target player is present, just get them to give you their PID.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the target player is not present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Confirm that the spell was cast within touching distance of the target, and with the target’s knowledge that this spell was being cast. If the player can’t confirm that, hand this over to a ref.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Get the player to identify the target of the spell. Hopefully they can give you a PID that you can enter into the CID box; if not you’ll need to use the “Search” button or the “Search Characters” interface to find them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. On the target’s character page, confirm whether they are a member of an order, just as for the casting character. As with the caster, if the target player is present, double check the result here is what they’re expecting. You may need to be subtle about this, as membership of orders can be an in-character secret.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Give the casting player one of the following answers, as appropriate:&lt;br /&gt;
* “The target character does not have an arcane mark”&lt;br /&gt;
* “The target character has an arcane mark, but as your character does not have an arcane mark themselves, you cannot tell anything else”&lt;br /&gt;
* “The target character has an arcane mark, and it is the mark of the same order as your character”&lt;br /&gt;
* “The target character has an arcane mark, and it is the mark of a different order to your character’s order”&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Discover Conjunction=====&lt;br /&gt;
“Discover Conjunction” or “Detect Conjunction” is the mechanism by which &#039;&#039;(a)&#039;&#039; players find out the details of a skirmish they could go on, and &#039;&#039;(b)&#039;&#039; Plot find out that players know the details of a skirmish they could go on. As such, it’s important to use this process if players are finding out about some plot, and equally important to not use this process for purely out-of-character enquiries about things like accessibility information, or enquiries on behalf of crew. As such, “Discover Conjunction” must get recorded whenever it is cast. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to look up information about some plot / encounter / conjunction without using the Detect Conjunction interface, for now either work it out yourself from the Plot pages, or see a head of department; at some point we might get around to documenting the process…&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To record someone casting Discover Conjunction, and to get the information you need to provide:&lt;br /&gt;
1. From the crew page, click “Magic”, then “Detect Conjunction”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the PID of the player in the CID box (optionally with the CID part), then press Tab or Enter, or use the Search box to find the character if the player doesn’t know their PID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Get the player to give you the location information they have. Hopefully the player will be able to give you a nation or territory or region, as that’ll give you something to select in the drop-downs on screen and therefore narrow down the search. Once you’ve selected those details, click through to the “Conjunction” view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Getting the region right isn’t enough, in the same way that meeting someone for dinner when the only address you have is “Preston” isn’t likely to work. The player should be able to give you more specific location information, that matches the “Location” column on the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there’s clearly no match, detecting the conjunction fails. If there’s a good match, carry on. If you’re unsure, get help, either by contacting the plot team yourself, or by escalating to a head of department.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Once you’ve found the correct conjunction, click the “Select” button. That &#039;&#039;(a)&#039;&#039; records that the conjunction has been seen by players, so the plot writers know to expect people to actually turn up, and &#039;&#039;(b)&#039;&#039; will get you the data you need to give to the players.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Provide the players with the time and day of the conjunction, the expected duration, and the size (which means the number of people who are allowed to go).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Ask the player if they need any accessibility information; we don’t provide this automatically, because it’s not in-character information, but if the player wants the accessibility information, we will provide it. Depending on what information will make the plot more accessible, you can provide any or all of the information on the “Access” tab. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you’re unsure what’s appropriate, tell the player the categories of information that are there, and ask them what information would be relevant to them; trust the player’s assessment of their own abilities – in terms of both what they can and cannot do – and err towards giving as much information as they’d like. It’s much better to give someone a small IC advantage from having access information than it is for someone to be denied access to a plot unnecessarily because of their out-of-character disabilities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases, the access information may include offers of accommodations, e.g. the plot writer might be planning on using a smoke generator, but it’s not a critical part of the plot so they’d be able to run the plot without it if it’d help with accessibility. If a player wants to take advantage of those accommodations, you’ll probably need to let the plot writer know; either do that yourself or pass it over to a head of department.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Night Pouch====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A “night pouch” is a bag up to 18” deep and 6” wide that can only be opened by the person who cast the “night pouch” spell. The pouch is very similar to the pouch created by the ritual “Secrets for the Shadow Courier”; if you have a player asking about a night pouch, make sure they really mean a night pouch, not a Shadow Courier bag. See &#039;&#039;Secrets for the Shadow Courier (Night)&#039;&#039; below if you need to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the player is actually casting the night pouch spell, we don’t record that, but we may need to give the player a night pouch ribbon. If the player has an old night pouch ribbon for their character, they can keep using that indefinitely; if they need a new one, we can just give them a replacement. In either case, this is covered in [[Printing]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Very occasionally&#039;&#039;, a player might come in to hand over something that was left in a night pouch overnight, as that would mean whatever was in the pouch got sent to the Night realm. If that happens, it will need to be passed over to the Plot team; either sort that out yourself if you know what you’re doing, or pass it up to a head of department.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Other spells====&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other spells in the game. GOD should never need to do anything about someone casting any of these.&lt;br /&gt;
* Operate portal&lt;br /&gt;
* Heal&lt;br /&gt;
* Mend&lt;br /&gt;
* Purify&lt;br /&gt;
* Restore limb&lt;br /&gt;
* Voice for the dead&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New ritual===&lt;br /&gt;
Rituals are “big” magics. They always require crystalized mana (or something that can substitute for crystalized mana), they’re always affiliated with a specific magical realm (Day, Night, Spring, Summer, Autumn or Winter), and they often involve multiple magicians working together as a coven.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “New Ritual” page is the page you’ll probably use most frequently in GOD. You’ll land here by default when you click on the “Magic” tab. For most rituals, you can just follow the steps in this section. For complications, see the following subsections.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. In the “Caster” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(a)&#039;&#039; In the box labelled “CID”, enter the lead caster’s PID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(b)&#039;&#039; Press Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(c)&#039;&#039; Confirm the name of the caster’s character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In the “Ritual” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) From the “Realm” drop-down menu, select the appropriate realm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) From the “Ritual” drop-down menu, choose the name of the ritual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) You can almost always ignore the “Ribbon ID” and “Projection” boxes; if these are relevant, the player will tell you they’re using an arcane projection or a ritual text, and you should choose your own adventure at Arcane Projections or Ritual texts below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Ask if a regio was used. The answer will usually be no, but if it isn’t, tick the relevant box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Ignore the “Date” section of the page, or escalate to a head of department or referee if there’s some reason you think you shouldn’t.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Ask the player if they cast the ritual alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If yes, advance to the Targets tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* If no, advance to the Participants tab, add additional casters either by entering their PIDs into the CID box and pressing Tab or Enter, or by clicking the appropriate checkboxes under the Participants heading. You can reorder the list of Participants by clicking the column headings. When you have selected all participants, advance to the Targets tab. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Occasionally the system will give you an error saying the character “has no way to contribute to this coven”. If that happens, ask the player how that person is contributing to the ritual, verify that’s an appropriate solution (get help if you need to), and record details of the explanation in the later “Notes” field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The “Targets” section of the page will vary depending on the type of ritual:&lt;br /&gt;
* For rituals that take a prepared letter as a target, select the letter ID from the drop-down list, and confirm the name in the drop-down is the person the player is trying to send a letter to. See Call Winged Messenger below for how this process works in more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
* For rituals that target a location on the in-character field, you’ll see a free-text box. Enter enough information from the players that – if needed – a ref would be able to find that location; normally this means the nation camp on the in-character field, plus a description of the tent or area in question.&lt;br /&gt;
* For rituals that target some sort of specific location in the wider game world, confirm that the target is a valid target for the ritual (some of these rituals are more specific than the drop-down implies) and select the relevant target from the drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
* For rituals that target an eternal, there are too many special cases to list here; go see Contacting eternals below.&lt;br /&gt;
* For rituals that target a ribboned item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) In the box labelled “Ribbon Id”, enter the ribbon ID of the target item. Unless they have a very good reason, the player should be able to show you the ribbon itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Confirm the ribbon is attached to a reasonable physrep, unless they have a good excuse such as the physrep being heavy armour they don’t want to carry across the field. There’s a fair degree of latitude here, but we do expect players to make at least a passable effort to have an appropriate physrep for the item. If it’s a sword they’ve looted on the battlefield, the best they might&lt;br /&gt;
be able to do is a dagger or a mace or a hessian sack (preferably with “swag” written on the side…), all of which would be fine, but a teddybear or no physrep at all wouldn’t be good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Press Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Confirm the name on the item shown matches the name printed on the ribbon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(e) Repeat for any other targets.&lt;br /&gt;
* For rituals that target something associated with a character (either the character directly, armies via their general, character resources via the owning character):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) In the box labelled “CID”, enter the target character’s PID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Press Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Confirm the name of the target’s character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Repeat for any other targets.&lt;br /&gt;
* For all other rituals, you shouldn’t need to specify a target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. In the final Ranks section, the system will attempt – with varying degrees of competence – to check whether the players have actually achieved sufficient ranks to cast the ritual. Most of the time everything will be fine, there will be no warning pop-up. In that case, you should just tell the players how much the ritual will cost from the “Mana Crystal Cost” line, then take that many crystalized mana cards off them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is a warning pop-up, or the players disagree with the mana cost, that could be because the players have made an error, because the players are doing something the system can’t (yet) handle to increase their ranks or decrease the cost, or because the system calculation is just plain wrong for some reason. That should be rare, but see Ritual calculations down below for how to handle the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. In the notes field, enter anything unusual about the casting. In particular, note why you skipped past any warning messages, e.g. “CID 2458.1 was able to contribute to the casting by using a Volahov’s Robe, ribbon ID 23456”, or “Players achieved an extra three ranks of lore by consuming a Radiant Transcendence potion”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Click “Process”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. Check the top of the page for any instructions and follow them as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Ritual calculations====&lt;br /&gt;
Calculating whether a ritual can be cast, and if so how much it costs, is unfortunately complicated. There should be ritual calculation sheets available to help, with brief instructions on the bottom.&lt;br /&gt;
If you don’t have that form to hand, use the process below plus a piece of paper. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(Once you’ve got the hang of things, you don’t need the paper, or to follow this process in full, but I’m assuming if you’re reading this you want the step-by-step guide!)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. First work out the magnitude of the ritual being cast.&lt;br /&gt;
* All rituals have a base magnitude. For example, “The Sound of Drums” is a magnitude 11 ritual.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some rituals can have multiple targets which increases the magnitude. For example, “Rampant Growth” is a magnitude 10 ritual with a single target, but additional targets can be added, increasing the magnitude by 8 each time, so casting the ritual with three targets would make it a magnitude 26 ritual. Generally, the ritual casting interface will account for these changes correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some rituals have mechanisms to reduce the magnitude. For example, “From the Mouths of Babes” is normally a magnitude 8 ritual, but is only a magnitude 2 ritual if an apprentice takes part in the casting. The ritual interface cannot currently account for these sorts of changes; you will need to account for them manually and record the details in the “Notes” section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Sometimes players may have some other special mechanism that increases or decreases the magnitude of a ritual, for example a magical artefact that makes it easier to cast a particular ritual. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ritual interface cannot currently account for these sorts of changes; you will need to account for them manually and record the details in the “Notes” section. Write down this number as the target magnitude for the ritual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. If you’re doing this without the form, write out the name or PID of each of the casters across the top of a piece of paper, and label rows with “Lore”, “Regio”, “Other”, “Mana” and “Ranks”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the “Lore” row, for each caster, record the number of ranks of skill they have in the realm that the ritual is in. This will almost certainly be given correctly by the “Skill” column on the ritual casting page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the “Regio” row, write “1” for each character if a regio is being used, or “0” otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. In the “Other” row, write down the additional ranks for each character that are granted because they’re using a potion or magical artefact or similar that increases their ranks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. In the “Mana” row, write down either the sum of the “Lore”, “Regio” and “Other” rows, or three times the number in the “Lore” row, whichever is smaller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. In the “Ranks” row, for each character who has the ritual mastered, write down double the number in the “Mana” row, and for each character who does not have the ritual mastered, write down the same number as in the “Mana” row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The total of all the numbers in the “Ranks” row needs to be at least the magnitude of the ritual, or the ritual fails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The numbers in the “Mana” row are the maximum amount of mana each ritual caster can contribute. If the total of the “Ranks” row is higher than the required magnitude, the players will probably not want to spend mana unnecessarily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Go through the list of characters who do not have the ritual mastered, and reduce the numbers in the “Mana” and “Ranks” rows either to zero or to the lowest number that still means the ritual can be cast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) If there is still spare ranks, go through the list of characters who do have the ritual mastered, and reduce the amount of mana they’re contributing too, until you have reduced the numbers as far as they will go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Add up the new total of the “Mana” row, and take this many crystalized mana cards off the players (or equivalents, e.g. Vis cards count for three crystalized mana in the relevant realm).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Special rituals====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Contacting eternals=====&lt;br /&gt;
Eternals are magical beings. Players – in particular mages – often want to contact them. There are a selection of standard rituals for doing this, plus a couple of other options. They’re all processed as if they were a ritual, however.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start by logging in and going to the “Magic” tab, which should load the “New Ritual” page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Ask the player how they’re sending the message.&lt;br /&gt;
* If they’re using a named ritual, then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) In the box labelled “CID”, enter the PID of the person sending the message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Press Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Confirm the name of the caster’s character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Fill in the realm and ritual name as appropriate, or, in the vanishingly rare case of an arcane projection or ritual text, see &#039;&#039;Arcane Projections&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;Ritual texts&#039;&#039; as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
* If they’re an archmage using the “Plenipotentiary” power:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) In the box labelled “CID”, enter “0.1”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Press Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Confirm the name that appears is “Ref Dummy Character”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Select the realm as “Autumn” and the ritual as “Plenipotentiary”.&lt;br /&gt;
* If they’re doing something else, check the details. If what they’re doing makes sense and there are no instructions to the contrary (e.g. in the ref notes on the page for the relevant ribboned item):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) In the box labelled “CID”, enter “0.1”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Press Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Confirm the name that appears is “Ref Dummy Character”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Select the realm as “Autumn” and the ritual as “Another Missive”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Complete the participants list as normal for normal rituals, and ignore it for anything cast by Ref Dummy Character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The path now diverges according to the contents of the “Targets” page:&lt;br /&gt;
* If the “Targets” page has “Set Target Eternal” at the top:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Select the appropriate eternal from the drop-down, or – if they’re not listed – enter the eternal’s name in the “Name” box&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Click through to ranks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
– If the players are casting a regular ritual, they will need to meet the rank requirements as normal. The system will attempt – with varying degrees of competence – to check whether the players have actually achieved sufficient ranks to cast the ritual. Most of the time everything will be fine, there will be no warning pop-up. In that case, you should just tell the players how much the ritual will cost from the “Mana Crystal Cost” line, then take that many crystalized mana cards off them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is a warning pop-up, or the players disagree with the mana cost, that could be because the players have made an error, because the players are doing something the system can’t (yet) handle to increase their ranks or decrease the cost, or because the system calculation is just plain wrong for some reason. That should be rare, but see Ritual calculations above for how to handle the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
– If the players are doing something that involved Ref Dummy Character, you can ignore any warning messages about ranks achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Click “Process”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) You should now get a page with the details of the casting. Check the top of the page for any instructions and follow them as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(e) Click the “Message” tab at the top of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(f ) Click “Set Response”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(g) Type out the message in the “Message” section; don’t touch anything in the lower “Plot Response” section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(h) Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the “Targets” page has anything else, such as a space for a target ribbon or a target character:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Complete the targets as normal; the player should be expecting to provide these.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Click through to ranks. The system will attempt – with varying degrees of competence – to check whether the players have actually achieved sufficient ranks to cast the ritual. Most of the time everything will be fine, there will be no warning pop-up. In that case, you should just tell the players how much the ritual will cost from the “Mana Crystal Cost” line, then take that many&lt;br /&gt;
crystalized mana cards off them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is a warning pop-up, or the players disagree with the mana cost, that could be because the players have made an error, because the players are doing something the system can’t (yet) handle to increase their ranks or decrease the cost, or because the system calculation is just plain wrong for some reason. That should be rare, but see Ritual calculations above for how to handle the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Click “Process”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) You should now get a page with the details of the casting. Check the top of the page for any instructions and follow them as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(e) Click the “Notes” tab at the top of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(f ) Click “New”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(g) Set the title of the new note to something like “Message text”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(h) Type out the player’s message in the “Note” box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(i) Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Secrets for the Shadow Courier (Night)=====&lt;br /&gt;
Secrets for the Shadow Courier essentially replicates the effect of the “night pouch” spell (see Night pouch above), but longer lasting and with the ability to create a pouch that can only be opened by any given character, rather than only by the person who cast the spell. As a result, players will sometimes incorrectly refer to this ritual as “night pouch”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This ritual is recorded as normal, and doing so should generate a ribbon on the ribbon print queue. Fetch the ribbon, give it to the player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Call Winged Messenger=====&lt;br /&gt;
This ritual allows players to send messages to regular, mortal NPCs. Technically it can also be used to send messages to regular, mortal player characters, but it’s very rarely used for that purpose, as it’s slow (we just put the message in the relevant player’s pack at the next event, so there’s at least a one-event delay) and expensive (it costs three Iridescent Gloaming and one or two crystal mana, compared to a few rings for an IC courier). It’s also a ritual that has multiple steps and often causes confusion, both for crew and players.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For players, there’s a pamphlet available, the GOD Guide to Call Winged Messenger. Feel free to give copies out to anyone who wants one; if we run out it’s easy to print more. It’s also useful for GOD crew to read, so we know what the process looks like from a player perspective. For GOD crew, there are multiple steps, each of which is individually straightforward, but – particularly if you’re dealing with a confused player – it can be helpful to understand how they all fit together!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. So the player can write the letter in the first place, they need to have 3 Iridescent Gloaming in their character inventory. They’ll need to hand this in at GOD, and we need to record it; see &#039;&#039;New Entry&#039;&#039; under &#039;&#039;Inventory&#039;&#039; in [[Character processess]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Once the player has the Gloaming in their account, send them to write their letter. They can do this on the player PCs, or on a device of their own that they can connect to the PD Wi-Fi. Now the Gloaming is in their account, there should be a button to write the letter on their character page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the player has written their letter, they should come back to us to get us to print the letter phys-rep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Load the character inventory and check the only item in the inventory is the letter.&lt;br /&gt;
* If they do have anything else in their account, this becomes awkward and either needs much longer instructions (that I’ve not yet written out) or for someone who’s comfortable wrangling awkward bits of the interface to sort it, which probably means Adam or Matt.&lt;br /&gt;
** Note that &#039;&#039;Synod Votes&#039;&#039; don&#039;t count for this purpose; they are special and so you can ignore these for the purpose of this section.&lt;br /&gt;
* If they don’t have anything else in their account, click the “Book Out” button. This will add the letter to the print queue; see [[Printing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Give the player their printed letter physrep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The player will need to go away and perform the Call Winged Messenger ritual, or find someone who can perform it for them. When someone comes back to record that the ritual has been cast, we record it as normal per &#039;&#039;New Ritual&#039;&#039; above. It doesn’t have to be the same character writing the letter as sends the ritual; anyone can write a letter, but only a mage can cast the ritual to send it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you’re recording the ritual, the “target” will be the specific letter that’s being sent. If the player got us to print the letter for them, check the letter number and who it’s being sent to on the letter cover sheet; if they didn’t pick up the printed letter, get them to confirm the ID number and the name of the person they’ve selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====A side note on inventories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The fact that letters get put into inventories when they get written, but not everyone asks us to print them, means that some letters get sent while they’re still in a character’s inventory. This doesn’t make sense, but it’s a side-effect of how the PD database works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that when a player next comes to an event, the letter that they’ve already sent gets booked out of their inventory and put into their character pack with the rest of their character resources. After E1 2023, Adam has started clearing out these items from inventories, so this should stop being a problem and this will just be a historical note. It’s included in the manual at least until we’re confident Adam’s new process here works as expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Swim leviathan&#039;s depth=====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Arcane projections=====&lt;br /&gt;
An arcane projection is a text that players can create in downtime (or occasionally obtain by other means). It’s essentially a custom ritual generated as a one-off, rather than one of the standard rituals. This section only covers how to record when someone casts an arcane projection; for a more general overview of what arcane projections are and how they work, see Arcane projections below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arcane projections are distinct from ritual texts: an arcane projection can only be used once and provides 10 mana towards the casting, whereas a ritual text can be used repeatedly but the caters must pay the entire cost in crystal mana (or alternatives such as vis). For casting from ritual texts, see Ritual texts above.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From the “Magic” section of the crew pages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Get the players to give you the arcane projection they’re casting. This should be a piece of paper with a number at the top similar to “E26”, and a ritual name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In the “Caster” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) In the box labelled “CID”, enter the lead caster’s PID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Press Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Confirm the name of the caster’s character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the “Ritual” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) From the “Realm” drop-down menu, select the appropriate realm; this should be listed on the arcane projection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Ignore the “Ritual” drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) In the first “Projection” box, select the “E” number from the top of the paperwork.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) In the second “Projection” box, which should have been populated when you selected the “E” number, select the name of the ritual being cast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(e) Ignore the “Ribbon Id” box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(f ) Ask if a regio was used. The answer will usually be no, but if it isn’t, tick the relevant box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Ignore the “Date” section of the page, or escalate to a head of department or referee if there’s some reason you think you shouldn’t.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Ask the player if they cast the ritual alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If yes, advance to the Targets tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* If no, advance to the Participants tab, add additional casters either by entering their PIDs into the CID box and pressing Tab or Enter, or by clicking the appropriate checkboxes under the Participants heading. You can reorder the list of Participants by clicking the column headings. When you have selected all participants, advance to the Targets tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Occasionally the system will give you an error saying the character “has no way to contribute to this coven”. If that happens, ask the player how that person is contributing to the ritual, verify that’s an appropriate solution (get help if you need to), and record details of the explanation in the later “Notes” field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The “Targets” section of the page will vary depending on the type of ritual:&lt;br /&gt;
* For rituals that take a prepared letter as a target, select the letter ID from the drop-down list, and confirm the name in the drop-down is the person the player is trying to send a letter to. See &#039;&#039;Call Winged Messenger&#039;&#039; above for how this process works in more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
* For rituals that target a location on the in-character field, you’ll see a free-text box. Enter enough information from the players that – if needed – a ref would be able to find that location; normally this means the nation camp on the in-character field, plus a description of the tent or area in question.&lt;br /&gt;
* For rituals that target some sort of specific location in the wider game world, confirm that the target is a valid target for the ritual (some of these rituals are more specific than the drop-down implies) and select the relevant target from the drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
* For rituals that target an eternal, there are too many special cases to list here; go see Contacting eternals above.&lt;br /&gt;
* For rituals that target a ribboned item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) In the box labelled “Ribbon Id”, enter the ribbon ID of the target item. Unless they have a very good reason, the player should be able to show you the ribbon itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Confirm the ribbon is attached to a reasonable physrep, unless they have a good excuse such as the physrep being heavy armour they don’t want to carry across the field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There’s a fair degree of latitude here, but we do expect players to make at least a passable effort to have an appropriate physrep for the item. If it’s a sword they’ve looted on the battlefield, the best they might be able to do is a dagger or a mace or a hessian sack (preferably with “swag” written on the side…), all of which would be fine, but a teddybear or no physrep at all wouldn’t be good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Press Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Confirm the name on the item shown matches the name printed on the ribbon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(e) Repeat for any other targets.&lt;br /&gt;
* For rituals that target something associated with a character (either the character directly, armies via their general, character resources via the owning character):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) In the box labelled “CID”, enter the target character’s PID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Press Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Confirm the name of the target’s character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Repeat for any other targets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For all other rituals, you shouldn’t need to specify a target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. In the final Ranks section, the system will attempt – with varying degrees of competence – to check whether the players have actually achieved sufficient ranks to cast the ritual. Most of the time everything will be fine, there will be no warning pop-up. In that case, you should just tell the players how much the ritual will cost from the “Mana Crystal Cost” line, then take that many crystalized mana cards off them. The arcane projection text counts as 10 crystal mana, so you need 10 fewer mana than the form states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is a warning pop-up, or the players disagree with the mana cost, that could be because the players have made an error, because the players are doing something the system can’t (yet) handle to increase their ranks or decrease the cost, or because the system calculation is just plain wrong for some reason. That should be rare, but see Ritual calculations above for how to handle the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. In the notes field, enter anything unusual about the casting. In particular, note why you skipped past any warning messages, e.g. “CID 2458.1 was able to contribute to the casting by using a Volahov’s Robe, ribbon ID 23456”, or “Players achieved an extra three ranks of lore by consuming a Radiant Transcendence potion”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. Click “Process”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Check the top of the page for any instructions and follow them as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Take the arcane projection text off the players, and destroy it.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Ritual texts=====&lt;br /&gt;
Ritual texts are pieces of paper that give details of a ritual, and allow anyone holding them to cast or learn the ritual on them. Players cannot typically create ritual texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For learning ritual texts, see &#039;&#039;Learning new rituals or recipes for items in&#039;&#039; [[Character processess]]. For casting from ritual texts, read on.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From the “Magic” section of the crew pages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Get the players to give you the ritual text they’re using. This should be a piece of paper with a ribbon ID number printed in the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In the “Caster” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) In the box labelled “CID”, enter the lead caster’s PID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Press Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Confirm the name of the caster’s character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the “Ritual” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) From the “Realm” drop-down menu, select the appropriate realm; this should be listed on the arcane projection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Ignore the “Ritual” and “Projection” boxes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) In the first “Projection” box, select the “E” number from the top of the paperwork.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) In the “Ribbon Id” box, enter the ribbon number printed on the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(e) Ask if a regio was used. The answer will usually be no, but if it isn’t, tick the relevant box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Ignore the “Date” section of the page, or escalate to a head of department or referee if there’s some reason you think you shouldn’t.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Ask the player if they cast the ritual alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If yes, advance to the Targets tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* If no, advance to the Participants tab, add additional casters either by entering their PIDs into the CID box and pressing Tab or Enter, or by clicking the appropriate checkboxes under the Participants heading. You can reorder the list of Participants by clicking the column headings. When you have selected all participants, advance to the Targets tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Occasionally the system will give you an error saying the character “has no way to contribute to this coven”. If that happens, ask the player how that person is contributing to the ritual, verify that’s an appropriate solution (get help if you need to), and record details of the explanation in the later “Notes” field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The “Targets” section of the page will vary depending on the type of ritual:&lt;br /&gt;
* For rituals that take a prepared letter as a target, select the letter ID from the drop-down list, and confirm the name in the drop-down is the person the player is trying to send a letter to. See &#039;&#039;Call Winged Messenger&#039;&#039; above for how this process works in more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
* For rituals that target a location on the in-character field, you’ll see a free-text box. Enter enough information from the players that – if needed – a ref would be able to find that location; normally this means the nation camp on the in-character field, plus a description of the tent or area in question.&lt;br /&gt;
* For rituals that target some sort of specific location in the wider game world, confirm that the target is a valid target for the ritual (some of these rituals are more specific than the drop-down implies) and select the relevant target from the drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
* For rituals that target an eternal, there are too many special cases to list here; go see &#039;&#039;Contacting eternals&#039;&#039; above.&lt;br /&gt;
* For rituals that target a ribboned item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) In the box labelled “Ribbon Id”, enter the ribbon ID of the target item. Unless they have a very good reason, the player should be able to show you the ribbon itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Confirm the ribbon is attached to a reasonable physrep, unless they have a good excuse such as the physrep being heavy armour they don’t want to carry across the field. There’s a fair degree of latitude here, but we do expect players to make at least a passable effort to have an appropriate physrep for the item. If it’s a sword they’ve looted on the battlefield, the best they might&lt;br /&gt;
be able to do is a dagger or a mace or a hessian sack (preferably with “swag” written on the side…), all of which would be fine, but a teddybear or no physrep at all wouldn’t be good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Press Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Confirm the name on the item shown matches the name printed on the ribbon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(e) Repeat for any other targets.&lt;br /&gt;
* For rituals that target something associated with a character (either the character directly, armies via their general, character resources via the owning character):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) In the box labelled “CID”, enter the target character’s PID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Press Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Confirm the name of the target’s character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Repeat for any other targets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For all other rituals, you shouldn’t need to specify a target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. In the final Ranks section, the system will attempt – with varying degrees of competence – to check whether the players have actually achieved sufficient ranks to cast the ritual. Most of the time everything will be fine, there will be no warning pop-up. In that case, you should just tell the players how much the ritual will cost from the “Mana Crystal Cost” line, then take that many crystalized mana cards off them. The arcane projection text counts as 10 crystal mana, so you need 10 fewer mana than the form states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is a warning pop-up, or the players disagree with the mana cost, that could be because the players have made an error, because the players are doing something the system can’t (yet) handle to increase their ranks or decrease the cost, or because the system calculation is just plain wrong for some reason. That should be rare, but see Ritual calculations above for how to handle the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. In the notes field, enter anything unusual about the casting. In particular, note why you skipped past any warning messages, e.g. “CID 2458.1 was able to contribute to the casting by using a Volahov’s Robe, ribbon ID 23456”, or “Players achieved an extra three ranks of lore by consuming a Radiant Transcendence potion”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. Click “Process”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Check the top of the page for any instructions and follow them as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Give the players back the ritual text.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New campaign effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Never use this&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search effects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “Search Effects” interface allows you to search for a ritual that was cast at some point in the past. It is mostly useful if you are trying to unpick something that has gone wrong, which probably means you want to be talking to a head of department if you’re interested in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Arcane projections===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; general process, also checking why APs were rejected &amp;amp;c‥&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Character_processes&amp;diff=6440</id>
		<title>Character processes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Character_processes&amp;diff=6440"/>
		<updated>2025-09-12T20:30:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Remove duplicate header.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page contains an exciting mix of things that players have to do, things that players can &#039;&#039;(and should, if possible)&#039;&#039; do themselves, things we’re happy to do for them, and things &#039;&#039;we&#039;&#039; have to do that players can’t.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Players have to:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* create new characters&lt;br /&gt;
* create new bands&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Players generally should, but GOD can:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* record character retirements or deaths&lt;br /&gt;
* check what skills they know&lt;br /&gt;
* assign their own skill points&lt;br /&gt;
* choose which rituals and recipes to learn from within Imperial lore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GOD can:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* manually reassign skill points (e.g. for new players, or for access reasons)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GOD has to:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* perform dead-or-alive checks&lt;br /&gt;
* activate new characters&lt;br /&gt;
* move characters between nations&lt;br /&gt;
* change or swap characters’ Personal Resources&lt;br /&gt;
* record that characters have learned rituals or recipes that fall outside Imperial lore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the processes in this chapter, start by getting to the “Character” tab of the crew interface unless otherwise specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Miscellaneous===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating new characters====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new character, a player needs to log into their PD account on a device connected to the PD Wi-Fi. If they have their own phone or laptop and can connect to the PD Wi-Fi, or can use a player PC, this is ideal, but if necessary and the queue is short enough they can use one of the query PCs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When creating a new character, the player can join any publicly listed band. If they want to join a secret band, they can only do that in play; from our perspective, that process is described in (&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039; Create Bond). Once the new character has been created, the player should come to the front desk in GOD and ask for the new character to be activated and their new pack to be printed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating new bands====&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new band, a player needs to log into their PD account on a device connected to the PD Wi-Fi. Once the band has been created, there are two ways characters can join:&lt;br /&gt;
* If the band is public, new characters can join during the character generation process, by simply selecting the band name from a drop-down list.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the band is secret, or the character looking to join is already in play, the only way for them to join is in play, using the (&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039; Create Bond spell per Create Bond.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dead or Alive?====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; that egregores can check whether a character in their nation is dead or alive.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Get to the “Players” tab of the crew interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Look up the PID of the character’s player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click on the “Characters” tab under the player name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Check that the relevant character is a member of the egregore’s nation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. If the character status is “Dead”, the character is dead. If the character status is “Retired” or “Played”, the character is alive. Tell the egregore whether the character is dead or alive according to our system (obviously, particularly during and shortly after battles, there may be a delay between the character dying and it getting updated on the database, but egregores should be expecting that).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details===&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes the function of the buttons present on the right-hand side of the page on the Details tab under the character name.&lt;br /&gt;
====Play character====&lt;br /&gt;
This button is only present for a character that has been created but not activated&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Play Character”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. A pop-up will appear saying something like “Please confirm that you wish to set [character] to played and create their resource and inventory.” Click “Confirm”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. A button labelled “Event Pack” will now appear on the right-hand side of the page. Click “Event Pack”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. A pop-up will appear saying something like “Please confirm that you wish to book out the inventory for [character] and print them an event pack.” Click “Confirm”.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: because the character has been newly set to played, you should always see a confirmation that the player envelope and passport have been sent to the print queue. You should never see a message that the envelope and passport were already in the print queue. If you do, something has gone very wrong – get one of the heads of department to come and poke around in the system!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Either ask the player to wait while you assemble their pack (see 9.2 Making up), or ask them to come back in a time frame you have agreed with the heads of department, and make a note of the PID, the time you sent their pack request to the print queue, and the time you told them to come back. Make sure the heads of department have this information.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retiring and killing characters====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Retiring&#039;&#039; a character leaves them alive but makes them unplayable. &#039;&#039;Killing&#039;&#039; a character changes their status to dead. When players come in to GOD to register a character death, they should hand in any game items that were on their character’s body at the moment they stopped phys-repping the body. (So, for example, if their body was looted after their death but before they stopped phys-repping the body, those items are still in circulation and do not need to be handed in!) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players can both retire characters and report character deaths themselves, but we’ll often do it for them. If a player has already generated a new character, go ahead and retire or kill their existing active character for them before activating their new character. If they haven’t, feel free to tell them to head to the player PCs (or use one of their own devices connected to the PD Wi-Fi) to report their character death and create their new character, then come back to the front desk to have their new character activated and their new pack prepared.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The steps are at least straightforward for this one:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Retire Character” or “Kill Character” as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click “Confirm” in the dialogue box.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Edit character====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Enter the PID and press Tab or Enter. (This will automatically take you to the page of the currently active character.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click “Edit Character” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The only things you should ever change using this dialogue box are the name and the archetype. &#039;&#039;&#039;Do not change any other field via this dialogue unless you are being given explicit instructions by a head of department or referee&#039;&#039;&#039;: some fields can be changed via other menus, and some fields should not be changed at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join band (banner, coven, or sect)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Characters can be joined to a band (a banner, coven, or sect).  This is not done via the character screen, but by a [[Magic|magical casting (small magic)]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refs can record such magical castings, but sometimes players come to GOD to ask us to record a casting after the fact. There are a set of [[Referee_Guidelines#Rituals_and_Bonding|guidelines for referees]] which you may find helpful.  The [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Create_bond#Casting Empire wiki entry for Create bond] is also informative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;FIXME: The below should probably be moved into [[Magic]].&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;FIXME: The below procedure should be double-checked as being correct. If in doubt, consult a referee or head of department.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Caution|The Oath used to bond a player character into a Band is secret information; it&#039;s like a password to prove membership.  While this information may be shown to you in the web interface, &#039;&#039;do not share this with the player&#039;&#039; — it is shown to you so that you can verify that the player is authorised to perform the action.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Join band (banner, coven, or sect)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Select &#039;&#039;Magic&#039;&#039; from the top-level menu.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select &#039;&#039;[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire/createbond Create Bond]&#039;&#039; from the next top-level menu.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the CID of the Caster.  If the person in front of you doesn&#039;t know their CID, try pressing the Search button and looking up the caster with the details the player does know.  The corresponding character name should appear when you tab away; double check with the requestor that this sounds right!&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask the player and record the type of Band that the player has been bonded to — either a &#039;&#039;Banner&#039;&#039;, a &#039;&#039;Coven&#039;&#039;, or a &#039;&#039;Sect&#039;&#039; — and record this.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask the player which Nation the Band is within and record this.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask the player the name of the Band they&#039;re being joined to, and select this.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask the player to recite the Oath for the band they&#039;re being joined to.  &#039;&#039;&#039;This is secret information, do not share this with the player.&#039;&#039;&#039;  If the Oath the player recites matches that on the screen, accept the bonding as genuine.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record the CIDs of the target character(s).  (A single casting can bond multiple player characters at the same time for the same fixed cost.)  Confirm the list of target character(s) with the person in front of you is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
# Request and retrieve 1 Mana from the player.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press &#039;&#039;Process Spell&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Leave band====&lt;br /&gt;
Players can leave a band for any reason, but we have to process this for them. &#039;&#039;(Players automatically leave all bands when moving nations).&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Leave Band”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Double-check with the player which of their Banner, Coven, and Sect they wish to leave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tick the appropriate check boxes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move nation====&lt;br /&gt;
Before registering a change of nation at GOD, players should have completed roleplay in the field and obtained agreement from the egregore of the nation the character is moving to.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Confirm that the character has performed the appropriate roleplaying with the egregore of the nation they are moving to. This is a key step, but some players aren’t aware of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Find the page for the player’s character, and click “Move Nation”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the pop-up, select the new nation from the drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When a character changes nation they &#039;&#039;may&#039;&#039; also wish to change the location of their Personal Resource (see Personal Resources below), but this isn’t a requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Personal Resources====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;For more details&#039;&#039;&#039;-[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Resource#Personal_Resource Personal Resources- Player wiki]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are nine types of Personal Resource, listed here along with what a basic (level 1) resource of each type, that is not&lt;br /&gt;
subject to any penalties, produces each downtime:&lt;br /&gt;
• Business: produces 9 crowns&lt;br /&gt;
• Congregation: produce 5 doses of liao; provides 10 votes in the Imperial Synod; &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be owned by crew&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
• Farm: produces 9 crowns&lt;br /&gt;
• Fleet: trades to produce items or money, or privateers to produce random resources&lt;br /&gt;
• Forest: produces 12 units of one rare material&lt;br /&gt;
• Herb garden: produces 14 herbs (2 Bladeroot, 2 Cerulean Mazzarine, 2 Imperial Roseweald, 2 Marrowort, 6 True&lt;br /&gt;
Vervain)&lt;br /&gt;
• Mana site: produces 7 mana crystals&lt;br /&gt;
• Military unit: can be used to enhance an Imperial army, or to produce random resources&lt;br /&gt;
• Mine: produces 12 units of one rare metal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of things players might want to do with their resource, some of which GOD can help with and some of&lt;br /&gt;
which we can’t.&lt;br /&gt;
====Change resource====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether or not we charge people depends on why they want to change resource. If they’re a new player or character, they’re still getting to grips with the game, or they’re not having fun, they can change resource for free. Otherwise, there’s a charge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; game crew – crew like GOD whose crewing mostly happens during time-in, rather than, say, the site crew who make things happen before and after time-in – cannot have Congregations as their personal resource. This probably won’t come up, but if you do get a crew member asking to change their resource to a Congregation, call a head of department over.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “New Resource”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In the pop-up that appears, select the desired new resource from the “Type” drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Check whether the player wishes to change the location of their resource, and if so make that change using the “Territory” drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Select one of the Payment radio button options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Swap resource====&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes two players will want to swap ownership of their resources. Provided you have both players in front of you and they’re both happy with this, go ahead and do it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is also how to handle resources that were left by a dead character to another in a will: swap the dead character’s resource with the living character’s resource. You can normally take it on trust that the players are being reasonable here, but if you’re concerned, get a head of department.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Neither GOD nor referees will register wills out-of-character, nor will the Civil Service register them in character; they’re entirely managed by players, with the sole exceptions of &#039;&#039;(a)&#039;&#039; they need someone in GOD to swap resources over, and &#039;&#039;(b)&#039;&#039; if there’s a dispute about a will, player characters are able to involve the magistrates, who are PD NPC crew.)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Navigate to the character page of one of the players.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Confirm that their resource is what they think it should be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Swap Resource”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the pop-up that appears, enter the other player’s PID in the “Recipient” box and press Enter or Tab, or click “Search”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Confirm with the players that the recipient character name is what they expect. (If not, see Looking up PID&#039;s in [[Player accounts]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Select one of the Payment radio button options. &#039;&#039;(For resource swaps, you will almost always need to take payment.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Assign Resource====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ignore this button&#039;&#039;&#039;. If GOD ever needs to touch it, something has gone wrong – escalate to a head of department so they can handle things.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upgrades====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal resources can only be upgraded during downtime. This is not something we can do in GOD during an event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal resources can only be upgraded one level per downtime. Upgrading a resource requires Bourse resources (i.e. mithril, weirwood, or white granite). The number of wains required is equal to the level being upgraded to, so upgrading a resource from level 1 to level 2 requires 2 wains of the relevant material; upgrading from level 2 to level 3 requires 3 wains; and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check what level a resource has been upgraded to, click the resource type under the character details. The resource details will open, likely in a new tab. In the Details tab, next to the heading “Upgrades”, a pair of numbers will be given in the format “2 / 1”.&lt;br /&gt;
* The first number indicates the number of upgrades the resource has received. This is likely to be relevant when double-checking that people are about to swap the resources they intended to.&lt;br /&gt;
* The second number indicates the effective number of upgrades taking into account any bonuses or penalties. For more detail as to what’s going on for any particular resource, see the “Magic” tab. This information is likely to be relevant if somebody received fewer materials in their player pack than they expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Skills===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are lots of things relating to skills that players can do for themselves. In general, in this section, use your discretion: if there’s a long queue for the player PCs and a short queue for queries, or the player wants to ask multiple questions and skills are only some of them, or they’re a new player or generally seem like they’d benefit from reassurance, feel free to use your judgement about whether to redirect them or whether to answer their questions yourself. All the step-by-step instructions in this section assume that you are starting from the “Skills” tab of a Character page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Miscellaneous information====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sometimes players are concerned that their player passport is out-of-date, either because they think GOD crew won’t believe they know how to do things (we can check on the computers if we’re worried), or because they’re concerned they’ll forget what they know. Offer to hand-write the details of their skills on their existing passport (and initial it). As a last resort, offer to print out a new copy of their player passport.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a player wants to know how much XP they have to spend: ideally redirect them to someone who can show them how to find this out for themselves at the player PCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Learning new skills====&lt;br /&gt;
Characters learn skills by spending skill points, or XP. Characters receive 8 XP on creation, and 1 XP for the first and third event they attend each year. Players can spend XP themselves using player PCs or their own devices (connected to the PD Wi-Fi). If players aren’t sure how to do this themselves – or are unsure how many XP points they have available – ideally they’d be&lt;br /&gt;
redirected to the player PCs, if a member of GOD crew is present to explain to them, or show them how to do it. Use your judgement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; if you do wind up adding skills for players, be aware that the system lets crew spend more XP than the player actually has available, because it’s very occasionally useful to allow players to “overspend” their XP. You should never be doing this unless you have been told to by a head of department.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Skills” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the “Add Skill” button in the middle of the page, under the “Total Points Available” line.&lt;br /&gt;
* Note the appearance of the “Total Points Allocated” line. When the number after the “Total Points Allocated” line is equal to the number of points after the “Total Points Available” line, you have spent all the character’s XP and should not keep adding skills!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Choose a skill from the drop-down box labelled “Choose One”.&lt;br /&gt;
* Note that some skills require other skills as prerequisites, e.g. the skill “Hero” must be bought before any of the other “Heroic Skills” can be purchased. See the wiki for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If necessary, click “Add Skill” again to generate another drop-down box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. If at any point you make a mistake, click “Delete” next to the skill you wish to delete (or simply change the dropdown to a skill you intended to add). At any time, you can click “Cancel” at the bottom of the page to discard all your changes and leave the page, or “Reset” to return the page to the state it was in before you began editing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Read out the list of changes you’ve made to the player to confirm they’re happy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. When complete, click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; that the interface for players looks different – both in terms of how to get there and in terms of what it looks like once you are there. Watching over our shoulders won’t help them much with sorting themselves out in future!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Learning new rituals or recipes for items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players can master most rituals (for mages) or learn most recipes for items (for artisans) themselves, at player PCs or using their own devices connected to PD Wi-Fi. Use your discretion.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To master a ritual that is part of Imperial lore:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Rituals” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Find an empty lore slot for the appropriate realm for the ritual, i.e. one with a blank drop-down (“Choose One”) next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player doesn’t know the realm for the ritual, you can look it up on the wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player does not have an empty lore slot, they will need to spend XP on an additional ritual slot for the appropriate realm. You can do this for them now (see Learning new skills above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select the ritual name from the drop-down box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
However, when characters learn rituals or recipes that do not form part of Imperial lore, this must be recorded by a member of GOD crew (or sometimes by MattP).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For mastering a ritual that is not part of Imperial lore:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The player must have in their possession the physical “ritual text” (magic bit of paper), which will usually be printed on vellum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click “Edit Rituals” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Find an “Extra lore” slot with a blank drop-down (“Choose One”) next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player does not have an empty “Extra lore” slot, they will need to spend XP on “Extra ritual”. You can do this for them now (see Learning new skills above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Select the ritual matching the name on the ritual text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To learn to make items in general:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Items” from the buttons on the right-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. &#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039;: complete this, including noting the restrictions on what levels of thing can go where.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Learning to make an item that is not part of Imperial lore happens rarely. If you’re confused about an item a player is asking about, escalate to the heads of department – they might well need to radio through to plot to ask what’s going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dropping and forgetting skills====&lt;br /&gt;
Players sometimes want to forget skills, rituals, or recipes they already know, for a variety of reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
* After a brand new player’s first event, they can retrain as many skills and options as they want to, including all of them, by logging in to their account on the PD website. There’s an enormous amount of lore, and getting your head around it takes time! We can also do this for them at their first event, especially if they’re not having fun.&lt;br /&gt;
* After every event a player attends, they can retrain a single skill, crafting option, or pair of rituals, by logging in to their account on the PD website. If a player did not use this option during downtime before an event, they can do it themselves at the event using a player PC or their own device.&lt;br /&gt;
* Sometimes a player’s access needs change, e.g. they have spent a lot of XP points on battle skills but can no longer participate in battles. In these cases, we need to remove all their battle skills for them. Err on the side of generosity and believing the player, here – and if in doubt, escalate to more senior crew or heads of department.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, if a player wants to forget more than one skill for IC reasons rather than OC reasons (e.g. access reasons, being a brand new player), they’ll need to forget skills gradually, one per event, or find some other in character mechanism (e.g. this has sometimes been possible with magic rituals) – but do escalate if you’re at all unsure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: if players want to forget all the rituals they’ve mastered, freeing up all their ritual slots, this is possible in-game with the ritual Infant Starts with a Blank Slate. Tell them that a ritual exists for this, and ask them if they’d like to be told the name by you or if they’d rather find it out in play – either is fine!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To use a player’s ability to forget one skill, one item recipe, or two mastered rituals per event on their behalf:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Drop Skill” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will be taken to the “Retrain Skill” page.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player wishes to retrain a skill:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Click the button labelled “Retrain” next to the skill the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
– Some skills are prerequisites for others. For example, the skill “Magician” cannot be retrained while a character knows any realm lore. The “Retrain Skill” button won’t appear next to a skill that is a required for other known skills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player wishes to retrain rituals:&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Click “Cancel” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Click “Rituals” from the tabs underneath the character name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Click “Retrain Ritual” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Click the button labelled “Retrain” next to up to two rituals the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(e) Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player wishes to retrain an item recipe:&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Click “Cancel” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Click “Items” from the tabs underneath the character name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Click “Retrain Item” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Click the button labelled “Retrain” next to the item the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(e) Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The player can then relearn skills, rituals, and recipes as normal (see Learning new skills, Learning new rituals or recipes for items above).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To forget multiple skills, e.g. for access reasons or for a brand new player, without affecting the player’s ability to forget one skill per downtime:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Skills” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the button labelled “Delete” next to each skill the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
* Note: this system will let you delete skills that are prerequisites for other skills. For example, you will be able to delete “Magician” without also deleting “Autumn lore”. If in doubt, check the wiki or check in with more senior crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To forget rituals:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Rituals” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the button labelled “Delete” next to each ritual the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To forget item recipes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Items” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the button labelled “Delete” next to each item the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ignore the “Edit Dropped Skills” button &#039;&#039;&#039;– &#039;&#039;you shouldn’t ever need to use this if you’re not a head of department.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, the entire contents of people’s inventories should be “booked out” into their player packs at the beginning of every event. In a small number of cases, this might not happen – if so, any items still in people’s inventories should be listed on the “Inventory” tab under the character name. All the processes in this section assume you’re starting from the Inventory tab unless otherwise specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some frequently asked questions are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Can I deposit…? →New Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Can I withdraw…? →New Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* I thought my pack was supposed to contain… →Show Entries&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Actually write this up&lt;br /&gt;
====New entry====&lt;br /&gt;
Generally players are discouraged from depositing items to their inventory at the event unless they’re using them immediately for a ritual or similar. (See Resource hand-in in [[Player Packs- GOD]])&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To record deposits:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “New Entry” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page. A pop-up will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. For each resource, enter a positive number in the appropriate box. Multiple resources can be deposited at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Under the “Details” heading:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) leave the “Type” drop-down as “Handed in at God”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) change the “Notes” field to “Handed in at…” (from “Handed in after…”)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To record withdrawals (hopefully rarely!):&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “New Entry”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. For each resource that is being withdrawn, enter a negative number in the corresponding box, i.e. a minus sign followed by a number. Multiple resources can be withdrawn at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Under the “Details” heading:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) change the “Type” drop-down to “Handed out at God”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) change the “Notes” field to “Handed out at…”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Show entries====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button is mostly useful for detective work, when someone’s confused or surprised about the quantity of resource in their pack. This is usually because they are &#039;&#039;(or in some cases are not)&#039;&#039; under the effect of some ritual or military action, which you’ll likely be able to dig out of the full history of inventory transactions. Grab a more senior member of crew to talk you through this until you’re confident with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Book out====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the button to click when you want to withdraw everything in a player’s inventory without having to fiddle around with the individual numbers. You shouldn’t need to use this very often.&lt;br /&gt;
====Not collected====&lt;br /&gt;
See &#039;&#039;Break down&#039;&#039; in [[Player Packs- GOD]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transfer====&lt;br /&gt;
You’re unlikely to need to use this button. Check with a head of department if you think you do&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downtime===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Downtime Downtime- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab only appears for characters with the Artisan skill. It provides information about which items the character made during downtime between events, and which resources they consumed to make those items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; flesh this out more – what Do about it? What information do we give players? What Problems do they Have?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bonds===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Create_bond Create bond- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; what Problems? what Information can we Provide?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Magic===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Magic Magic- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab provides information about magical effects the character is under.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; what Problems? what Information can we Provide?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Soul===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Testimony Testimonies- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will show Testimony but…. what else? what do we need to know? what can we tell players under what circumstances? &amp;amp;c.?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ribbons===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Caution|Check this section for accuracy!}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Bonding items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All &#039;&#039;Magicians&#039;&#039; can [[EmpireWiki:Create_bond|magically bond a magical item to a character]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Artificers&#039;&#039; can also create bonds between characters and magical items, but they can only bond items they know how to make, and cannot break bonds once forged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can never have two bonded items of the same type to the same person in the same day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Check whether the character is a &#039;&#039;Magician&#039;&#039; or an &#039;&#039;Artisan&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Artisans&#039;&#039; can perform this action for free, but only for items they know how to make.&lt;br /&gt;
** Otherwise, &#039;&#039;Magicians&#039;&#039; can spend a personal mana to perform this action on any item.&lt;br /&gt;
* The player must show you the ribboned item attached to some suitable physrep.&lt;br /&gt;
* If all is satisfactory:&lt;br /&gt;
** Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Ribbon&#039;&#039;&#039; interface, and enter the ribbon number.&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &amp;quot;Create Bond&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
** Enter the caster&#039;s CID and verify that the displayed caster&#039;s character name is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
** Enter the target&#039;s CID and verify with the caster that this is what they expect.&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Bond&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This immediately bonds the magic item to the target character, replacing any existing bond.  A message may be displayed to relay to the caster.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Unbonding items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All &#039;&#039;Magicians&#039;&#039; can [[EmpireWiki:Create_bond#Bonding_Magic_Items|unbond an item from a character]], at the cost of a personal mana.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the owner of a bond is present, they must be willing to allow the bond to be broken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Check that the caster&#039;s character is a Magician and has a personal mana to spend.&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate the appropriate Ribbon page on the system:&lt;br /&gt;
** If the ribbon is in front of you, enter the number.&lt;br /&gt;
** If the character it is bound to is front of you, load their character entry, select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Bonds&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, and select the appropriate ribbon entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* You should now have the appropriate &#039;&#039;Ribbon&#039;&#039; page displayed in front of you.&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Bond History&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Break Bond&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
** Follow the on-screen instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the character is not present when the &amp;quot;Break Bond&amp;quot; spell is cast, then the power of the item for the day is automatically used, as is the character’s ability to use an item of that type for that day. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identifying items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is described in the section [[Magic#Detect_magic|Detect Magic]] on the [[Magic]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039; Fill out this section!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; what for, when to use, how to use&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Character_processes&amp;diff=6439</id>
		<title>Character processes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Character_processes&amp;diff=6439"/>
		<updated>2025-09-12T20:29:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Unbreak revision 6438 by Dwm (talk) which incorrectly replaced most of the page!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page contains an exciting mix of things that players have to do, things that players can &#039;&#039;(and should, if possible)&#039;&#039; do themselves, things we’re happy to do for them, and things &#039;&#039;we&#039;&#039; have to do that players can’t.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Players have to:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* create new characters&lt;br /&gt;
* create new bands&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Players generally should, but GOD can:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* record character retirements or deaths&lt;br /&gt;
* check what skills they know&lt;br /&gt;
* assign their own skill points&lt;br /&gt;
* choose which rituals and recipes to learn from within Imperial lore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GOD can:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* manually reassign skill points (e.g. for new players, or for access reasons)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GOD has to:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* perform dead-or-alive checks&lt;br /&gt;
* activate new characters&lt;br /&gt;
* move characters between nations&lt;br /&gt;
* change or swap characters’ Personal Resources&lt;br /&gt;
* record that characters have learned rituals or recipes that fall outside Imperial lore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the processes in this chapter, start by getting to the “Character” tab of the crew interface unless otherwise specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Miscellaneous===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating new characters====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new character, a player needs to log into their PD account on a device connected to the PD Wi-Fi. If they have their own phone or laptop and can connect to the PD Wi-Fi, or can use a player PC, this is ideal, but if necessary and the queue is short enough they can use one of the query PCs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When creating a new character, the player can join any publicly listed band. If they want to join a secret band, they can only do that in play; from our perspective, that process is described in (&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039; Create Bond). Once the new character has been created, the player should come to the front desk in GOD and ask for the new character to be activated and their new pack to be printed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating new bands====&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new band, a player needs to log into their PD account on a device connected to the PD Wi-Fi. Once the band has been created, there are two ways characters can join:&lt;br /&gt;
* If the band is public, new characters can join during the character generation process, by simply selecting the band name from a drop-down list.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the band is secret, or the character looking to join is already in play, the only way for them to join is in play, using the (&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039; Create Bond spell per Create Bond.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dead or Alive?====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; that egregores can check whether a character in their nation is dead or alive.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Get to the “Players” tab of the crew interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Look up the PID of the character’s player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click on the “Characters” tab under the player name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Check that the relevant character is a member of the egregore’s nation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. If the character status is “Dead”, the character is dead. If the character status is “Retired” or “Played”, the character is alive. Tell the egregore whether the character is dead or alive according to our system (obviously, particularly during and shortly after battles, there may be a delay between the character dying and it getting updated on the database, but egregores should be expecting that).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details===&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes the function of the buttons present on the right-hand side of the page on the Details tab under the character name.&lt;br /&gt;
====Play character====&lt;br /&gt;
This button is only present for a character that has been created but not activated&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Play Character”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. A pop-up will appear saying something like “Please confirm that you wish to set [character] to played and create their resource and inventory.” Click “Confirm”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. A button labelled “Event Pack” will now appear on the right-hand side of the page. Click “Event Pack”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. A pop-up will appear saying something like “Please confirm that you wish to book out the inventory for [character] and print them an event pack.” Click “Confirm”.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: because the character has been newly set to played, you should always see a confirmation that the player envelope and passport have been sent to the print queue. You should never see a message that the envelope and passport were already in the print queue. If you do, something has gone very wrong – get one of the heads of department to come and poke around in the system!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Either ask the player to wait while you assemble their pack (see 9.2 Making up), or ask them to come back in a time frame you have agreed with the heads of department, and make a note of the PID, the time you sent their pack request to the print queue, and the time you told them to come back. Make sure the heads of department have this information.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retiring and killing characters====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Retiring&#039;&#039; a character leaves them alive but makes them unplayable. &#039;&#039;Killing&#039;&#039; a character changes their status to dead. When players come in to GOD to register a character death, they should hand in any game items that were on their character’s body at the moment they stopped phys-repping the body. (So, for example, if their body was looted after their death but before they stopped phys-repping the body, those items are still in circulation and do not need to be handed in!) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players can both retire characters and report character deaths themselves, but we’ll often do it for them. If a player has already generated a new character, go ahead and retire or kill their existing active character for them before activating their new character. If they haven’t, feel free to tell them to head to the player PCs (or use one of their own devices connected to the PD Wi-Fi) to report their character death and create their new character, then come back to the front desk to have their new character activated and their new pack prepared.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The steps are at least straightforward for this one:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Retire Character” or “Kill Character” as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click “Confirm” in the dialogue box.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Edit character====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Enter the PID and press Tab or Enter. (This will automatically take you to the page of the currently active character.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click “Edit Character” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The only things you should ever change using this dialogue box are the name and the archetype. &#039;&#039;&#039;Do not change any other field via this dialogue unless you are being given explicit instructions by a head of department or referee&#039;&#039;&#039;: some fields can be changed via other menus, and some fields should not be changed at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join band (banner, coven, or sect)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Characters can be joined to a band (a banner, coven, or sect).  This is not done via the character screen, but by a [[Magic|magical casting (small magic)]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refs can record such magical castings, but sometimes players come to GOD to ask us to record a casting after the fact. There are a set of [[Referee_Guidelines#Rituals_and_Bonding|guidelines for referees]] which you may find helpful.  The [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Create_bond#Casting Empire wiki entry for Create bond] is also informative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;FIXME: The below should probably be moved into [[Magic]].&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;FIXME: The below procedure should be double-checked as being correct. If in doubt, consult a referee or head of department.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Caution|The Oath used to bond a player character into a Band is secret information; it&#039;s like a password to prove membership.  While this information may be shown to you in the web interface, &#039;&#039;do not share this with the player&#039;&#039; — it is shown to you so that you can verify that the player is authorised to perform the action.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Join band (banner, coven, or sect)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Select &#039;&#039;Magic&#039;&#039; from the top-level menu.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select &#039;&#039;[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire/createbond Create Bond]&#039;&#039; from the next top-level menu.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the CID of the Caster.  If the person in front of you doesn&#039;t know their CID, try pressing the Search button and looking up the caster with the details the player does know.  The corresponding character name should appear when you tab away; double check with the requestor that this sounds right!&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask the player and record the type of Band that the player has been bonded to — either a &#039;&#039;Banner&#039;&#039;, a &#039;&#039;Coven&#039;&#039;, or a &#039;&#039;Sect&#039;&#039; — and record this.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask the player which Nation the Band is within and record this.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask the player the name of the Band they&#039;re being joined to, and select this.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask the player to recite the Oath for the band they&#039;re being joined to.  &#039;&#039;&#039;This is secret information, do not share this with the player.&#039;&#039;&#039;  If the Oath the player recites matches that on the screen, accept the bonding as genuine.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record the CIDs of the target character(s).  (A single casting can bond multiple player characters at the same time for the same fixed cost.)  Confirm the list of target character(s) with the person in front of you is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
# Request and retrieve 1 Mana from the player.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press &#039;&#039;Process Spell&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Leave band====&lt;br /&gt;
Players can leave a band for any reason, but we have to process this for them. &#039;&#039;(Players automatically leave all bands when moving nations).&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Leave Band”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Double-check with the player which of their Banner, Coven, and Sect they wish to leave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tick the appropriate check boxes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move nation====&lt;br /&gt;
Before registering a change of nation at GOD, players should have completed roleplay in the field and obtained agreement from the egregore of the nation the character is moving to.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Confirm that the character has performed the appropriate roleplaying with the egregore of the nation they are moving to. This is a key step, but some players aren’t aware of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Find the page for the player’s character, and click “Move Nation”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the pop-up, select the new nation from the drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When a character changes nation they &#039;&#039;may&#039;&#039; also wish to change the location of their Personal Resource (see Personal Resources below), but this isn’t a requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Personal Resources====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;For more details&#039;&#039;&#039;-[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Resource#Personal_Resource Personal Resources- Player wiki]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are nine types of Personal Resource, listed here along with what a basic (level 1) resource of each type, that is not&lt;br /&gt;
subject to any penalties, produces each downtime:&lt;br /&gt;
• Business: produces 9 crowns&lt;br /&gt;
• Congregation: produce 5 doses of liao; provides 10 votes in the Imperial Synod; &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be owned by crew&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
• Farm: produces 9 crowns&lt;br /&gt;
• Fleet: trades to produce items or money, or privateers to produce random resources&lt;br /&gt;
• Forest: produces 12 units of one rare material&lt;br /&gt;
• Herb garden: produces 14 herbs (2 Bladeroot, 2 Cerulean Mazzarine, 2 Imperial Roseweald, 2 Marrowort, 6 True&lt;br /&gt;
Vervain)&lt;br /&gt;
• Mana site: produces 7 mana crystals&lt;br /&gt;
• Military unit: can be used to enhance an Imperial army, or to produce random resources&lt;br /&gt;
• Mine: produces 12 units of one rare metal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of things players might want to do with their resource, some of which GOD can help with and some of&lt;br /&gt;
which we can’t.&lt;br /&gt;
====Change resource====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether or not we charge people depends on why they want to change resource. If they’re a new player or character, they’re still getting to grips with the game, or they’re not having fun, they can change resource for free. Otherwise, there’s a charge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; game crew – crew like GOD whose crewing mostly happens during time-in, rather than, say, the site crew who make things happen before and after time-in – cannot have Congregations as their personal resource. This probably won’t come up, but if you do get a crew member asking to change their resource to a Congregation, call a head of department over.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “New Resource”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In the pop-up that appears, select the desired new resource from the “Type” drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Check whether the player wishes to change the location of their resource, and if so make that change using the “Territory” drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Select one of the Payment radio button options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Swap resource====&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes two players will want to swap ownership of their resources. Provided you have both players in front of you and they’re both happy with this, go ahead and do it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is also how to handle resources that were left by a dead character to another in a will: swap the dead character’s resource with the living character’s resource. You can normally take it on trust that the players are being reasonable here, but if you’re concerned, get a head of department.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Neither GOD nor referees will register wills out-of-character, nor will the Civil Service register them in character; they’re entirely managed by players, with the sole exceptions of &#039;&#039;(a)&#039;&#039; they need someone in GOD to swap resources over, and &#039;&#039;(b)&#039;&#039; if there’s a dispute about a will, player characters are able to involve the magistrates, who are PD NPC crew.)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Navigate to the character page of one of the players.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Confirm that their resource is what they think it should be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Swap Resource”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the pop-up that appears, enter the other player’s PID in the “Recipient” box and press Enter or Tab, or click “Search”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Confirm with the players that the recipient character name is what they expect. (If not, see Looking up PID&#039;s in [[Player accounts]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Select one of the Payment radio button options. &#039;&#039;(For resource swaps, you will almost always need to take payment.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Assign Resource====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ignore this button&#039;&#039;&#039;. If GOD ever needs to touch it, something has gone wrong – escalate to a head of department so they can handle things.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upgrades====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal resources can only be upgraded during downtime. This is not something we can do in GOD during an event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal resources can only be upgraded one level per downtime. Upgrading a resource requires Bourse resources (i.e. mithril, weirwood, or white granite). The number of wains required is equal to the level being upgraded to, so upgrading a resource from level 1 to level 2 requires 2 wains of the relevant material; upgrading from level 2 to level 3 requires 3 wains; and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check what level a resource has been upgraded to, click the resource type under the character details. The resource details will open, likely in a new tab. In the Details tab, next to the heading “Upgrades”, a pair of numbers will be given in the format “2 / 1”.&lt;br /&gt;
* The first number indicates the number of upgrades the resource has received. This is likely to be relevant when double-checking that people are about to swap the resources they intended to.&lt;br /&gt;
* The second number indicates the effective number of upgrades taking into account any bonuses or penalties. For more detail as to what’s going on for any particular resource, see the “Magic” tab. This information is likely to be relevant if somebody received fewer materials in their player pack than they expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Skills===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are lots of things relating to skills that players can do for themselves. In general, in this section, use your discretion: if there’s a long queue for the player PCs and a short queue for queries, or the player wants to ask multiple questions and skills are only some of them, or they’re a new player or generally seem like they’d benefit from reassurance, feel free to use your judgement about whether to redirect them or whether to answer their questions yourself. All the step-by-step instructions in this section assume that you are starting from the “Skills” tab of a Character page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Miscellaneous information====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sometimes players are concerned that their player passport is out-of-date, either because they think GOD crew won’t believe they know how to do things (we can check on the computers if we’re worried), or because they’re concerned they’ll forget what they know. Offer to hand-write the details of their skills on their existing passport (and initial it). As a last resort, offer to print out a new copy of their player passport.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a player wants to know how much XP they have to spend: ideally redirect them to someone who can show them how to find this out for themselves at the player PCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Learning new skills====&lt;br /&gt;
Characters learn skills by spending skill points, or XP. Characters receive 8 XP on creation, and 1 XP for the first and third event they attend each year. Players can spend XP themselves using player PCs or their own devices (connected to the PD Wi-Fi). If players aren’t sure how to do this themselves – or are unsure how many XP points they have available – ideally they’d be&lt;br /&gt;
redirected to the player PCs, if a member of GOD crew is present to explain to them, or show them how to do it. Use your judgement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; if you do wind up adding skills for players, be aware that the system lets crew spend more XP than the player actually has available, because it’s very occasionally useful to allow players to “overspend” their XP. You should never be doing this unless you have been told to by a head of department.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Skills” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the “Add Skill” button in the middle of the page, under the “Total Points Available” line.&lt;br /&gt;
* Note the appearance of the “Total Points Allocated” line. When the number after the “Total Points Allocated” line is equal to the number of points after the “Total Points Available” line, you have spent all the character’s XP and should not keep adding skills!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Choose a skill from the drop-down box labelled “Choose One”.&lt;br /&gt;
* Note that some skills require other skills as prerequisites, e.g. the skill “Hero” must be bought before any of the other “Heroic Skills” can be purchased. See the wiki for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If necessary, click “Add Skill” again to generate another drop-down box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. If at any point you make a mistake, click “Delete” next to the skill you wish to delete (or simply change the dropdown to a skill you intended to add). At any time, you can click “Cancel” at the bottom of the page to discard all your changes and leave the page, or “Reset” to return the page to the state it was in before you began editing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Read out the list of changes you’ve made to the player to confirm they’re happy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. When complete, click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; that the interface for players looks different – both in terms of how to get there and in terms of what it looks like once you are there. Watching over our shoulders won’t help them much with sorting themselves out in future!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Learning new rituals or recipes for items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players can master most rituals (for mages) or learn most recipes for items (for artisans) themselves, at player PCs or using their own devices connected to PD Wi-Fi. Use your discretion.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To master a ritual that is part of Imperial lore:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Rituals” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Find an empty lore slot for the appropriate realm for the ritual, i.e. one with a blank drop-down (“Choose One”) next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player doesn’t know the realm for the ritual, you can look it up on the wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player does not have an empty lore slot, they will need to spend XP on an additional ritual slot for the appropriate realm. You can do this for them now (see Learning new skills above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select the ritual name from the drop-down box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
However, when characters learn rituals or recipes that do not form part of Imperial lore, this must be recorded by a member of GOD crew (or sometimes by MattP).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For mastering a ritual that is not part of Imperial lore:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The player must have in their possession the physical “ritual text” (magic bit of paper), which will usually be printed on vellum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click “Edit Rituals” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Find an “Extra lore” slot with a blank drop-down (“Choose One”) next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player does not have an empty “Extra lore” slot, they will need to spend XP on “Extra ritual”. You can do this for them now (see Learning new skills above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Select the ritual matching the name on the ritual text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To learn to make items in general:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Items” from the buttons on the right-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. &#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039;: complete this, including noting the restrictions on what levels of thing can go where.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Learning to make an item that is not part of Imperial lore happens rarely. If you’re confused about an item a player is asking about, escalate to the heads of department – they might well need to radio through to plot to ask what’s going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dropping and forgetting skills====&lt;br /&gt;
Players sometimes want to forget skills, rituals, or recipes they already know, for a variety of reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
* After a brand new player’s first event, they can retrain as many skills and options as they want to, including all of them, by logging in to their account on the PD website. There’s an enormous amount of lore, and getting your head around it takes time! We can also do this for them at their first event, especially if they’re not having fun.&lt;br /&gt;
* After every event a player attends, they can retrain a single skill, crafting option, or pair of rituals, by logging in to their account on the PD website. If a player did not use this option during downtime before an event, they can do it themselves at the event using a player PC or their own device.&lt;br /&gt;
* Sometimes a player’s access needs change, e.g. they have spent a lot of XP points on battle skills but can no longer participate in battles. In these cases, we need to remove all their battle skills for them. Err on the side of generosity and believing the player, here – and if in doubt, escalate to more senior crew or heads of department.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, if a player wants to forget more than one skill for IC reasons rather than OC reasons (e.g. access reasons, being a brand new player), they’ll need to forget skills gradually, one per event, or find some other in character mechanism (e.g. this has sometimes been possible with magic rituals) – but do escalate if you’re at all unsure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: if players want to forget all the rituals they’ve mastered, freeing up all their ritual slots, this is possible in-game with the ritual Infant Starts with a Blank Slate. Tell them that a ritual exists for this, and ask them if they’d like to be told the name by you or if they’d rather find it out in play – either is fine!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To use a player’s ability to forget one skill, one item recipe, or two mastered rituals per event on their behalf:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Drop Skill” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will be taken to the “Retrain Skill” page.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player wishes to retrain a skill:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Click the button labelled “Retrain” next to the skill the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
– Some skills are prerequisites for others. For example, the skill “Magician” cannot be retrained while a character knows any realm lore. The “Retrain Skill” button won’t appear next to a skill that is a required for other known skills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player wishes to retrain rituals:&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Click “Cancel” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Click “Rituals” from the tabs underneath the character name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Click “Retrain Ritual” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Click the button labelled “Retrain” next to up to two rituals the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(e) Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player wishes to retrain an item recipe:&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Click “Cancel” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Click “Items” from the tabs underneath the character name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Click “Retrain Item” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Click the button labelled “Retrain” next to the item the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(e) Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The player can then relearn skills, rituals, and recipes as normal (see Learning new skills, Learning new rituals or recipes for items above).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To forget multiple skills, e.g. for access reasons or for a brand new player, without affecting the player’s ability to forget one skill per downtime:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Skills” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the button labelled “Delete” next to each skill the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
* Note: this system will let you delete skills that are prerequisites for other skills. For example, you will be able to delete “Magician” without also deleting “Autumn lore”. If in doubt, check the wiki or check in with more senior crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To forget rituals:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Rituals” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the button labelled “Delete” next to each ritual the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To forget item recipes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Items” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the button labelled “Delete” next to each item the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ignore the “Edit Dropped Skills” button &#039;&#039;&#039;– &#039;&#039;you shouldn’t ever need to use this if you’re not a head of department.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, the entire contents of people’s inventories should be “booked out” into their player packs at the beginning of every event. In a small number of cases, this might not happen – if so, any items still in people’s inventories should be listed on the “Inventory” tab under the character name. All the processes in this section assume you’re starting from the Inventory tab unless otherwise specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some frequently asked questions are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Can I deposit…? →New Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Can I withdraw…? →New Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* I thought my pack was supposed to contain… →Show Entries&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Actually write this up&lt;br /&gt;
====New entry====&lt;br /&gt;
Generally players are discouraged from depositing items to their inventory at the event unless they’re using them immediately for a ritual or similar. (See Resource hand-in in [[Player Packs- GOD]])&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To record deposits:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “New Entry” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page. A pop-up will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. For each resource, enter a positive number in the appropriate box. Multiple resources can be deposited at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Under the “Details” heading:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) leave the “Type” drop-down as “Handed in at God”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) change the “Notes” field to “Handed in at…” (from “Handed in after…”)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To record withdrawals (hopefully rarely!):&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “New Entry”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. For each resource that is being withdrawn, enter a negative number in the corresponding box, i.e. a minus sign followed by a number. Multiple resources can be withdrawn at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Under the “Details” heading:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) change the “Type” drop-down to “Handed out at God”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) change the “Notes” field to “Handed out at…”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Show entries====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button is mostly useful for detective work, when someone’s confused or surprised about the quantity of resource in their pack. This is usually because they are &#039;&#039;(or in some cases are not)&#039;&#039; under the effect of some ritual or military action, which you’ll likely be able to dig out of the full history of inventory transactions. Grab a more senior member of crew to talk you through this until you’re confident with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Book out====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the button to click when you want to withdraw everything in a player’s inventory without having to fiddle around with the individual numbers. You shouldn’t need to use this very often.&lt;br /&gt;
====Not collected====&lt;br /&gt;
See &#039;&#039;Break down&#039;&#039; in [[Player Packs- GOD]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transfer====&lt;br /&gt;
You’re unlikely to need to use this button. Check with a head of department if you think you do&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downtime===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Downtime Downtime- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab only appears for characters with the Artisan skill. It provides information about which items the character made during downtime between events, and which resources they consumed to make those items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; flesh this out more – what Do about it? What information do we give players? What Problems do they Have?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bonds===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Create_bond Create bond- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; what Problems? what Information can we Provide?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Magic===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Magic Magic- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab provides information about magical effects the character is under.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; what Problems? what Information can we Provide?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Soul===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Testimony Testimonies- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will show Testimony but…. what else? what do we need to know? what can we tell players under what circumstances? &amp;amp;c.?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ribbons===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ribbons===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Caution|Check this section for accuracy!}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Bonding items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All &#039;&#039;Magicians&#039;&#039; can [[EmpireWiki:Create_bond|magically bond a magical item to a character]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Artificers&#039;&#039; can also create bonds between characters and magical items, but they can only bond items they know how to make, and cannot break bonds once forged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can never have two bonded items of the same type to the same person in the same day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Check whether the character is a &#039;&#039;Magician&#039;&#039; or an &#039;&#039;Artisan&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Artisans&#039;&#039; can perform this action for free, but only for items they know how to make.&lt;br /&gt;
** Otherwise, &#039;&#039;Magicians&#039;&#039; can spend a personal mana to perform this action on any item.&lt;br /&gt;
* The player must show you the ribboned item attached to some suitable physrep.&lt;br /&gt;
* If all is satisfactory:&lt;br /&gt;
** Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Ribbon&#039;&#039;&#039; interface, and enter the ribbon number.&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &amp;quot;Create Bond&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
** Enter the caster&#039;s CID and verify that the displayed caster&#039;s character name is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
** Enter the target&#039;s CID and verify with the caster that this is what they expect.&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Bond&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This immediately bonds the magic item to the target character, replacing any existing bond.  A message may be displayed to relay to the caster.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Unbonding items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All &#039;&#039;Magicians&#039;&#039; can [[EmpireWiki:Create_bond#Bonding_Magic_Items|unbond an item from a character]], at the cost of a personal mana.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the owner of a bond is present, they must be willing to allow the bond to be broken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Check that the caster&#039;s character is a Magician and has a personal mana to spend.&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate the appropriate Ribbon page on the system:&lt;br /&gt;
** If the ribbon is in front of you, enter the number.&lt;br /&gt;
** If the character it is bound to is front of you, load their character entry, select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Bonds&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, and select the appropriate ribbon entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* You should now have the appropriate &#039;&#039;Ribbon&#039;&#039; page displayed in front of you.&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Bond History&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Break Bond&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
** Follow the on-screen instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the character is not present when the &amp;quot;Break Bond&amp;quot; spell is cast, then the power of the item for the day is automatically used, as is the character’s ability to use an item of that type for that day. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identifying items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is described in the section [[Magic#Detect_magic|Detect Magic]] on the [[Magic]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039; Fill out this section!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; what for, when to use, how to use&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Character_processes&amp;diff=6438</id>
		<title>Character processes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Character_processes&amp;diff=6438"/>
		<updated>2025-09-12T20:27:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Document how to create/break bonds for magical items, and link to the existing identifying items bit on the Magic page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===Ribbons===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Caution|Check this section for accuracy!}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Bonding items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All &#039;&#039;Magicians&#039;&#039; can [[EmpireWiki:Create_bond|magically bond a magical item to a character]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Artificers&#039;&#039; can also create bonds between characters and magical items, but they can only bond items they know how to make, and cannot break bonds once forged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can never have two bonded items of the same type to the same person in the same day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Check whether the character is a &#039;&#039;Magician&#039;&#039; or an &#039;&#039;Artisan&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;Artisans&#039;&#039; can perform this action for free, but only for items they know how to make.&lt;br /&gt;
** Otherwise, &#039;&#039;Magicians&#039;&#039; can spend a personal mana to perform this action on any item.&lt;br /&gt;
* The player must show you the ribboned item attached to some suitable physrep.&lt;br /&gt;
* If all is satisfactory:&lt;br /&gt;
** Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Ribbon&#039;&#039;&#039; interface, and enter the ribbon number.&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &amp;quot;Create Bond&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
** Enter the caster&#039;s CID and verify that the displayed caster&#039;s character name is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
** Enter the target&#039;s CID and verify with the caster that this is what they expect.&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Bond&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This immediately bonds the magic item to the target character, replacing any existing bond.  A message may be displayed to relay to the caster.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Unbonding items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All &#039;&#039;Magicians&#039;&#039; can [[EmpireWiki:Create_bond#Bonding_Magic_Items|unbond an item from a character]], at the cost of a personal mana.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the owner of a bond is present, they must be willing to allow the bond to be broken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Check that the caster&#039;s character is a Magician and has a personal mana to spend.&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate the appropriate Ribbon page on the system:&lt;br /&gt;
** If the ribbon is in front of you, enter the number.&lt;br /&gt;
** If the character it is bound to is front of you, load their character entry, select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Bonds&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, and select the appropriate ribbon entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* You should now have the appropriate &#039;&#039;Ribbon&#039;&#039; page displayed in front of you.&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Bond History&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Break Bond&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
** Follow the on-screen instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the character is not present when the &amp;quot;Break Bond&amp;quot; spell is cast, then the power of the item for the day is automatically used, as is the character’s ability to use an item of that type for that day. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identifying items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is described in the section [[Magic#Detect_magic|Detect Magic]] on the [[Magic]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039; Fill out this section!&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Currency&amp;diff=6435</id>
		<title>Currency</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Currency&amp;diff=6435"/>
		<updated>2025-09-12T10:53:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Use EmpireWiki:Currency interwiki link rather than direct URL to Empire wiki page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Imperial coins ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 8 coin denominations in the Empire:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width: 30em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: burlywood&amp;quot; | 1 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: burlywood&amp;quot; | ring&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: burlywood&amp;quot; | 5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: burlywood&amp;quot; | rings&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: whitesmoke&amp;quot; | 1 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: whitesmoke&amp;quot; | crown&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: whitesmoke&amp;quot; | 4 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: whitesmoke&amp;quot; | crowns&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | 1 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | throne&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | 5 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | 20 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | 100 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pack envelope notation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On pack envelopes, the number of each denomination of coin to be included is given in square brackets in increasing value. You will most commonly see “18 rings [3, 3]”, as in 3×1 ring coins and 3×5 ring coins; as a more complicated example, [3, 2, 0, 1, 4] indicates that you need to pack:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width: 30em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039; ×&lt;br /&gt;
|| 1 ring&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039; ×&lt;br /&gt;
|| 5 rings&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;0&#039;&#039;&#039; ×&lt;br /&gt;
|| 1 crown&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039; ×&lt;br /&gt;
|| 4 crowns&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039; ×&lt;br /&gt;
|| 1 throne&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exchange rates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These values relate to each other as shown here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width: 30em; font-weight: bold; text-align: center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| 20 rings || = || 1 crown || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| || || 8 crowns || = || 1 throne&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expanding that out:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width: 30em; font-weight: bold; text-align: center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| 20 rings || = || 1 crown || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 80 rings || = || 4 crowns || = || ½ throne&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 160 rings || = || 8 crowns || = || 1 throne&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 320 rings || = || 16 crowns || = || 2 thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 800 rings || = || 40 crowns || = || 5 thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1600 rings || = || 80 crowns || = || 10 thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3200 rings || = || 160 crowns || = || 20 thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 16000 rings || = || 800 crowns || = || 100 thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remembering exchange rates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most humans have &#039;&#039;&#039;twenty digits and one head&#039;&#039;&#039; (five fingers on each hand plus five toes on each foot), so if you wear one ring per digit and one crown per head you end up with twenty rings and one crown. The number of crowns to a throne doesn’t make any sense, but this is because while in-game There Have Always Been Ten Nations, out-of-character two of the nations are relatively new, so it used to be &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;eight nations makes one empire”&#039;&#039;&#039; and “eight (national) crowns make one (Imperial) throne”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EmpireWiki:Currency#Imperial_Coins|Player Wiki page on Currency]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Materials&amp;diff=6434</id>
		<title>Materials</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Materials&amp;diff=6434"/>
		<updated>2025-09-12T10:34:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Make resource image show full-sized rather than just a thumbnail.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Materials Materials- Player Wiki]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The big eight exist in denominations of 1, 3, and 5. They’re different sizes, and they’re all also marked in some way, though some of these marks are clearer and easier to see than others. See illustration for an idea of what you’re looking for and where to look for it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screen Shot 2023-07-04 at 15.27.02.png|Resource cheat sheet]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Ribbons&amp;diff=5264</id>
		<title>Ribbons</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Ribbons&amp;diff=5264"/>
		<updated>2023-07-29T23:11:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Document how to perform the item-creation power of some special ribbons.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Start by getting to the “Ribbon” tab of the crew interface. The default screen you land on is the “View Ribbon” page. This is&lt;br /&gt;
discussed in detail in &#039;&#039;View Ribbon&#039;&#039; below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ribbon FAQ&#039;s===&lt;br /&gt;
* I’m a new artisan – where are my starting ribbons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand new characters with the Artisan skill get three starting ribbons. Existing characters who have just learned the Artisan skill do not: they get to craft their first items during the next downtime.&lt;br /&gt;
* I’m a new artisan – why are my ribbon expiry dates different?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand new artisans get one ribbon that lasts for three seasons (events), one that lasts for two seasons, and one that lasts for one season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New ribbon===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry about this unless you already know what you’re doing!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===View ribbon===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* what information it’s okay to give out without any special abilities at all&lt;br /&gt;
* what information it is NOT okay to give out without special abilities&lt;br /&gt;
* what information it’s okay to give out given insight (take liao?)&lt;br /&gt;
* when it’s okay to tell people there’s more information they can obtain if they perform rituals&lt;br /&gt;
* how they can find out which rituals they have to perform&lt;br /&gt;
* how to register rituals more generally in this context in a step-by-step &amp;amp;c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bonding to items===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search ribbon===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Item data===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Special item power handling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Artisan item creation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some items have the ability to perform the equivalent of the &amp;quot;[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Timeless_Hammer_Rhythm Timeless Hammer Rhythm]&amp;quot; magic ritual on a character with the Artisan skill and who wants to create an item overnight during the event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There isn&#039;t a mechanism to do this directly on the GOD front end, and so this can instead be worked around by having the &amp;quot;Dummy Ref Account (0.1)&amp;quot; perform the Timeless Hammer Rhythm ritual (which is an Autumn ritual) on the target character, and disregarding the normal ritual casting cost (but following all other instructions on the ribbon.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When recording the casting, include detailed notes in the &#039;Notes&#039; section: specify that you&#039;re executing the special ability of a magic item, and provide the number and name of the ribbon whose power you&#039;re invoking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The artisan character will need to already know how to create the specific item they want to create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should follow all other instructions on the special item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Religion&amp;diff=5263</id>
		<title>Religion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Religion&amp;diff=5263"/>
		<updated>2023-07-29T22:11:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Content formatting and polishing pass&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Empire runs on three main strands: [[Magic|magic]], religion, and politics. This chapter of the manual deals with GOD’s interactions with religion. Because we only care about recording religious ceremonies (and more pertinently, because MattP), the relevant tab in the crew interface is labelled “Ceremony” instead of “Religion”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the processes in this section, start by getting to the “Ceremony” tab of the crew interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More information about these skills is described on the [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Religious_skills Religious Skills wiki page] on the Empire wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== New Ceremony ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section of the web interface is used for recording ceremonies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Anointing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Anointing&#039;&#039;&#039; is a priest skill that creates a potent personal aura on a character drawn from their virtue.  More information is available on the [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Anointing Empire wiki page for Anointing].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Don’t actually record anointing into the system. Just hand the priest as many of the virtue/anointing cards as they’re willing to take away.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Consecration ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Consecration&#039;&#039;&#039; is a priest skill that creates a powerful location aura in a place.  More information is available on the [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Consecration Empire wiki page for Consecration].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# In the “Lead Priest” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
## In the box labelled “CID”, enter the lead priest’s PID.&lt;br /&gt;
## Press Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
## Confirm the name of the caster’s character.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the “Ceremony” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
## From the “Skill” drop-down menu, select “Consecration”.&lt;br /&gt;
## Ask the player if they are performing the ceremony alone.&lt;br /&gt;
##* If yes, select “Lone Priest” from the “Type” drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
##* If no, select “Virtue” from the “Type” drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ignore the “Date” section of the page, or escalate to a head of department or referee if there’s some reason you think you shouldn’t.&lt;br /&gt;
# If multiple priests are involved in the ceremony, advance to the Participants tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add additional casters either by entering their PIDs into the CID box and pressing Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
# Advance to the Targets tab.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the “Consecration Options” section of the page, select a radio button for either “Consecration” or “Remove Consecration”.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the “Enter Target Location” section of the page, provide a description of the location sufficient for a ref to positively identify the intended location in the field.&lt;br /&gt;
# Advance to the Strength tab.&lt;br /&gt;
# For a lone priest performing a Strength 1 ritual, take 1 liao from the priest (if it’s already torn up, or they tell you they already tore it up and disposed of it during roleplay, that’s fine).&lt;br /&gt;
#* Note: Occasionally, it’s more complicated than this. See [[#Calculating_complicated_liao_costs|Calculating complicated liao costs]] for details, or grab a more experienced crew member.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get an A5 area effect lammy from the refs. &lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039; add details.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dedication ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Dedication&#039;&#039;&#039; is the foundation priest skill, and is a pre-requisite for all other priest skills.  More information is available on the [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Dedication Empire wiki page for Dedication].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# In the “Lead Priest” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
## In the box labelled “CID”, enter the lead priest’s PID.&lt;br /&gt;
## Press Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
## Confirm the name of the caster’s character.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the “Ceremony” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
## From the “Skill” drop-down menu, select “Dedication”.&lt;br /&gt;
## Ask the player if they are performing the ceremony alone.&lt;br /&gt;
##* If yes, select “Lone Priest” from the “Type” drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
##* If no, select “Virtue” from the “Type” drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ignore the “Date” section of the page, or escalate to a head of department or referee if there’s some reason you think you shouldn’t.&lt;br /&gt;
# If multiple priests are involved in the ceremony, advance to the Participants tab.&lt;br /&gt;
## Add additional casters either by entering their PIDs into the CID box and pressing Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
# Advance to the Targets tab.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the “Dedication Options” section of the page, select a radio button for either “Dedication” or “Remove Dedication”.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the “Add Target Character” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
## In the box labelled “CID”, enter the target character’s PID.&lt;br /&gt;
## Press Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
## Confirm the name of the target’s character.&lt;br /&gt;
# Advance to the Strength tab.&lt;br /&gt;
# For a lone priest performing a Strength 1 ritual, take 1 liao from the priest (if it’s already torn up, or they tell you they already tore it up and disposed of it during roleplay, that’s fine).&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Occasionally, it’s more complicated than this&#039;&#039;. See [[#Calculating_complicated_liao_costs|Calculating complicated liao costs]] below for details, or grab a more experienced crew member.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hallow ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Hallow&#039;&#039;&#039; is a priest skill that creates an item aura on an item and names the item.  More information is available on the [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Hallow Empire wiki page on Hallow].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# In the “Lead Priest” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
## In the box labelled “CID”, enter the lead priest’s PID.&lt;br /&gt;
## Press Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
## Confirm the name of the caster’s character.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the “Ceremony” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
## From the “Skill” drop-down menu, select “Hallow”.&lt;br /&gt;
## Ask the player if they are performing the ceremony alone.&lt;br /&gt;
##* If yes, select “Lone Priest” from the “Type” drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
##* If no, select “Virtue” from the “Type” drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ignore the “Date” section of the page, or escalate to a head of department or referee if there’s some reason you think you shouldn’t.&lt;br /&gt;
# If multiple priests are involved in the ceremony, advance to the Participants tab.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add additional casters either by entering their PIDs into the CID box and pressing Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
# Advance to the Targets tab.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the “Hallowing Options” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
## Select a radio button for either “Create Aura” or “Remove Aura”.&lt;br /&gt;
## If creating an aura, ask the lead priest which aura they would like to create, and select the appropriate option from the drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the “Ribbon Options” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
## Select a radio button for either “Ribboned Item” or “Non Ribboned Item”.&lt;br /&gt;
## Enter a name in the “Item Name” box.&lt;br /&gt;
##* The name should not be comedic, or obviously taken from an existing work of fiction. If in doubt, ask a head of department.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the “Add Target Ribbon” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
## If the target item already has a ribbon, enter the Ribbon Id in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
## Press Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
## Confirm that the details on the ribbon in front of you match the details on screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Advance to the Strength tab.&lt;br /&gt;
# For a lone priest performing a Strength 1 ritual, take 1 liao from the priest (if it’s already torn up, or they tell you they already tore it up and disposed of it during roleplay, that’s fine).&lt;br /&gt;
#* Note: Occasionally, it’s more complicated than this. See [[#Calculating_complicated_liao_costs|Calculating complicated liao costs]] below for details, or grab a more experienced crew member.&lt;br /&gt;
# You should then cause the newly-generated ribbon to be [[Printing|printed]], then hand it to the player.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Insight ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of Insight ceremony: &#039;&#039;Quick&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Thorough&#039;&#039;.  &#039;&#039;Quick Insight&#039;&#039; does not require GOD/referee involvement, whereas &#039;&#039;Thorough Insight&#039;&#039; does.  More information is available on the [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Insight Empire wiki page on Insight].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thorough Insight should not be processed as a ceremony. Instead:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Confirm the character who wishes to cast Insight has the &#039;&#039;Insight&#039;&#039; skill. (Look up the character: see &#039;&#039;&#039;REF GOES HERE.&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
## If they wish to perform Insight on a character, see &#039;&#039;&#039;REF GOES HERE.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## If they wish to perform Insight on an item, see &#039;&#039;&#039;REF GOES HERE.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;I don&#039;t understand the ref bits and also don&#039;t know what else to put into that bit so leaving it, &#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039;- make clearer (???) - Jess&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Testimony ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Testimony&#039;&#039;&#039; is a priest skill that places powerful, enduring marks on a living subject—sort of like tattooing words on a character&#039;s soul.  Further information is available on the [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Testimony Empire wiki page on Testimony].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# In the “Lead Priest” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
## In the box labelled “CID”, enter the lead priest’s PID.&lt;br /&gt;
## Press Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
## Confirm the name of the caster’s character.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the “Ceremony” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
## From the “Skill” drop-down menu, select “Testimony”.&lt;br /&gt;
## Ask the player if they are performing the ceremony alone.&lt;br /&gt;
##* If yes, select “Lone Priest” from the “Type” drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
##* If no, select “Virtue” from the “Type” drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ignore the “Date” section of the page, or escalate to a head of department or referee if there’s some reason you think you shouldn’t.&lt;br /&gt;
# If multiple priests are involved in the ceremony, advance to the Participants tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Add additional casters either by entering their PIDs into the CID box and pressing Tab or Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
# Advance to the Targets tab.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the “Testimony Options” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
## Select a radio button for either “Create Testimony” or “Remove All Testimonies”.&lt;br /&gt;
## If creating a testimony, enter it into the text box.&lt;br /&gt;
##* A testimony should consist of at most two words, one adjective and one noun.&lt;br /&gt;
##* Offer the priest the opportunity to confirm they’re happy with spelling and capitalisation.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the “Add Target Character” section of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
## In the box labelled “CID”, enter the target character’s PID.&lt;br /&gt;
## Press Tab or Enter&lt;br /&gt;
## Confirm the name of the target character.&lt;br /&gt;
# Advance to the Strength tab.&lt;br /&gt;
# For a lone priest performing a Strength 1 ritual, take 1 liao from the priest (if it’s already torn up, or they tell you they already tore it up and disposed of it during roleplay, that’s fine).&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Occasionally, it’s more complicated than this. &#039;&#039;&#039;See Calculating complicated liao costs&#039;&#039;&#039; below for details, or grab a more experienced crew member.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the button labelled “Process” on the right-hand side of the “Ceremony Details” section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating complicated liao costs ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All ceremonies cost liao to perform. The vast majority of ceremonies are performed by a lone priest as level 1 ceremonies, and cost 1 liao to perform. Things are generally more complicated when ceremony is being performed at a level higher than strength 1, for example because:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* there’s more than one priest involved, or&lt;br /&gt;
* magic items, potions, or ritual enchantments that allow a priest to use additional liao are being used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The players will generally let you know this is happening!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the “Strength” tab, the “Strength Achieved” line tells you the automatically calculated maximum level of ceremony that can be performed, taking into account only the number of priests. The “Strength Achieved” will be equal to the number of priests. &#039;&#039;(There are columns for items and potions, but you can’t tell the calculator about these at the moment.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the “Ceremony Details” section of the “Strength” tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the level at which the players want to perform the ceremony in the “Strength” field.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take some liao off the priests.&lt;br /&gt;
## If the number you have entered in the “Strength” field is less than or equal to the number after “Strength Achieved”, and there are no other effects, take that number of liao and leave the “Notes” field empty.&lt;br /&gt;
## If the players are using magic items, potions, or enchantments to affect how much liao the ceremony costs, enter the details of what they’re using, what effect it has, and how much liao you actually take off them in the “Notes” field.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ceremony ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Character_processes&amp;diff=5262</id>
		<title>Character processes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Character_processes&amp;diff=5262"/>
		<updated>2023-07-29T17:20:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Add instructions for how to join a character to a Band (banner, coven, or sect)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page contains an exciting mix of things that players have to do, things that players can &#039;&#039;(and should, if possible)&#039;&#039; do themselves, things we’re happy to do for them, and things &#039;&#039;we&#039;&#039; have to do that players can’t.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Players have to:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* create new characters&lt;br /&gt;
* create new bands&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Players generally should, but GOD can:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* record character retirements or deaths&lt;br /&gt;
* check what skills they know&lt;br /&gt;
* assign their own skill points&lt;br /&gt;
* choose which rituals and recipes to learn from within Imperial lore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GOD can:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* manually reassign skill points (e.g. for new players, or for access reasons)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GOD has to:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* perform dead-or-alive checks&lt;br /&gt;
* activate new characters&lt;br /&gt;
* move characters between nations&lt;br /&gt;
* change or swap characters’ Personal Resources&lt;br /&gt;
* record that characters have learned rituals or recipes that fall outside Imperial lore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the processes in this chapter, start by getting to the “Character” tab of the crew interface unless otherwise specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Miscellaneous===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating new characters====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new character, a player needs to log into their PD account on a device connected to the PD Wi-Fi. If they have their own phone or laptop and can connect to the PD Wi-Fi, or can use a player PC, this is ideal, but if necessary and the queue is short enough they can use one of the query PCs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When creating a new character, the player can join any publicly listed band. If they want to join a secret band, they can only do that in play; from our perspective, that process is described in (&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039; Create Bond). Once the new character has been created, the player should come to the front desk in GOD and ask for the new character to be activated and their new pack to be printed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating new bands====&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new band, a player needs to log into their PD account on a device connected to the PD Wi-Fi. Once the band has been created, there are two ways characters can join:&lt;br /&gt;
* If the band is public, new characters can join during the character generation process, by simply selecting the band name from a drop-down list.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the band is secret, or the character looking to join is already in play, the only way for them to join is in play, using the (&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039; Create Bond spell per Create Bond.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dead or Alive?====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; that egregores can check whether a character in their nation is dead or alive.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Get to the “Players” tab of the crew interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Look up the PID of the character’s player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click on the “Characters” tab under the player name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Check that the relevant character is a member of the egregore’s nation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. If the character status is “Dead”, the character is dead. If the character status is “Retired” or “Played”, the character is alive. Tell the egregore whether the character is dead or alive according to our system (obviously, particularly during and shortly after battles, there may be a delay between the character dying and it getting updated on the database, but egregores should be expecting that).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details===&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes the function of the buttons present on the right-hand side of the page on the Details tab under the character name.&lt;br /&gt;
====Play character====&lt;br /&gt;
This button is only present for a character that has been created but not activated&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Play Character”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. A pop-up will appear saying something like “Please confirm that you wish to set [character] to played and create their resource and inventory.” Click “Confirm”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. A button labelled “Event Pack” will now appear on the right-hand side of the page. Click “Event Pack”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. A pop-up will appear saying something like “Please confirm that you wish to book out the inventory for [character] and print them an event pack.” Click “Confirm”.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: because the character has been newly set to played, you should always see a confirmation that the player envelope and passport have been sent to the print queue. You should never see a message that the envelope and passport were already in the print queue. If you do, something has gone very wrong – get one of the heads of department to come and poke around in the system!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Either ask the player to wait while you assemble their pack (see 9.2 Making up), or ask them to come back in a time frame you have agreed with the heads of department, and make a note of the PID, the time you sent their pack request to the print queue, and the time you told them to come back. Make sure the heads of department have this information.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retiring and killing characters====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Retiring&#039;&#039; a character leaves them alive but makes them unplayable. &#039;&#039;Killing&#039;&#039; a character changes their status to dead. When players come in to GOD to register a character death, they should hand in any game items that were on their character’s body at the moment they stopped phys-repping the body. (So, for example, if their body was looted after their death but before they stopped phys-repping the body, those items are still in circulation and do not need to be handed in!) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players can both retire characters and report character deaths themselves, but we’ll often do it for them. If a player has already generated a new character, go ahead and retire or kill their existing active character for them before activating their new character. If they haven’t, feel free to tell them to head to the player PCs (or use one of their own devices connected to the PD Wi-Fi) to report their character death and create their new character, then come back to the front desk to have their new character activated and their new pack prepared.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The steps are at least straightforward for this one:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Retire Character” or “Kill Character” as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click “Confirm” in the dialogue box.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Edit character====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Enter the PID and press Tab or Enter. (This will automatically take you to the page of the currently active character.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click “Edit Character” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The only things you should ever change using this dialogue box are the name and the archetype. &#039;&#039;&#039;Do not change any other field via this dialogue unless you are being given explicit instructions by a head of department or referee&#039;&#039;&#039;: some fields can be changed via other menus, and some fields should not be changed at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Join band (banner, coven, or sect)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Characters can be joined to a band (a banner, coven, or sect).  This is not done via the character screen, but by a [[Magic|magical casting (small magic)]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refs can record such magical castings, but sometimes players come to GOD to ask us to record a casting after the fact. There are a set of [[Referee_Guidelines#Rituals_and_Bonding|guidelines for referees]] which you may find helpful.  The [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Create_bond#Casting Empire wiki entry for Create bond] is also informative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;FIXME: The below should probably be moved into [[Magic]].&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;FIXME: The below procedure should be double-checked as being correct. If in doubt, consult a referee or head of department.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Caution|The Oath used to bond a player character into a Band is secret information; it&#039;s like a password to prove membership.  While this information may be shown to you in the web interface, &#039;&#039;do not share this with the player&#039;&#039; — it is shown to you so that you can verify that the player is authorised to perform the action.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Join band (banner, coven, or sect)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Select &#039;&#039;Magic&#039;&#039; from the top-level menu.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select &#039;&#039;[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire/createbond Create Bond]&#039;&#039; from the next top-level menu.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the CID of the Caster.  If the person in front of you doesn&#039;t know their CID, try pressing the Search button and looking up the caster with the details the player does know.  The corresponding character name should appear when you tab away; double check with the requestor that this sounds right!&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask the player and record the type of Band that the player has been bonded to — either a &#039;&#039;Banner&#039;&#039;, a &#039;&#039;Coven&#039;&#039;, or a &#039;&#039;Sect&#039;&#039; — and record this.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask the player which Nation the Band is within and record this.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask the player the name of the Band they&#039;re being joined to, and select this.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask the player to recite the Oath for the band they&#039;re being joined to.  &#039;&#039;&#039;This is secret information, do not share this with the player.&#039;&#039;&#039;  If the Oath the player recites matches that on the screen, accept the bonding as genuine.&lt;br /&gt;
# Record the CIDs of the target character(s).  (A single casting can bond multiple player characters at the same time for the same fixed cost.)  Confirm the list of target character(s) with the person in front of you is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
# Request and retrieve 1 Mana from the player.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press &#039;&#039;Process Spell&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Leave band====&lt;br /&gt;
Players can leave a band for any reason, but we have to process this for them. &#039;&#039;(Players automatically leave all bands when moving nations).&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Leave Band”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Double-check with the player which of their Banner, Coven, and Sect they wish to leave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tick the appropriate check boxes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move nation====&lt;br /&gt;
Before registering a change of nation at GOD, players should have completed roleplay in the field and obtained agreement from the egregore of the nation the character is moving to.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Confirm that the character has performed the appropriate roleplaying with the egregore of the nation they are moving to. This is a key step, but some players aren’t aware of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Find the page for the player’s character, and click “Move Nation”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the pop-up, select the new nation from the drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When a character changes nation they &#039;&#039;may&#039;&#039; also wish to change the location of their Personal Resource (see Personal Resources below), but this isn’t a requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Personal Resources====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;For more details&#039;&#039;&#039;-[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Resource#Personal_Resource Personal Resources- Player wiki]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are nine types of Personal Resource, listed here along with what a basic (level 1) resource of each type, that is not&lt;br /&gt;
subject to any penalties, produces each downtime:&lt;br /&gt;
• Business: produces 9 crowns&lt;br /&gt;
• Congregation: produce 5 doses of liao; provides 10 votes in the Imperial Synod; &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be owned by crew&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
• Farm: produces 9 crowns&lt;br /&gt;
• Fleet: trades to produce items or money, or privateers to produce random resources&lt;br /&gt;
• Forest: produces 12 units of one rare material&lt;br /&gt;
• Herb garden: produces 14 herbs (2 Bladeroot, 2 Cerulean Mazzarine, 2 Imperial Roseweald, 2 Marrowort, 6 True&lt;br /&gt;
Vervain)&lt;br /&gt;
• Mana site: produces 7 mana crystals&lt;br /&gt;
• Military unit: can be used to enhance an Imperial army, or to produce random resources&lt;br /&gt;
• Mine: produces 12 units of one rare metal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of things players might want to do with their resource, some of which GOD can help with and some of&lt;br /&gt;
which we can’t.&lt;br /&gt;
====Change resource====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether or not we charge people depends on why they want to change resource. If they’re a new player or character, they’re still getting to grips with the game, or they’re not having fun, they can change resource for free. Otherwise, there’s a charge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; game crew – crew like GOD whose crewing mostly happens during time-in, rather than, say, the site crew who make things happen before and after time-in – cannot have Congregations as their personal resource. This probably won’t come up, but if you do get a crew member asking to change their resource to a Congregation, call a head of department over.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “New Resource”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In the pop-up that appears, select the desired new resource from the “Type” drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Check whether the player wishes to change the location of their resource, and if so make that change using the “Territory” drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Select one of the Payment radio button options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Swap resource====&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes two players will want to swap ownership of their resources. Provided you have both players in front of you and they’re both happy with this, go ahead and do it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is also how to handle resources that were left by a dead character to another in a will: swap the dead character’s resource with the living character’s resource. You can normally take it on trust that the players are being reasonable here, but if you’re concerned, get a head of department.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Neither GOD nor referees will register wills out-of-character, nor will the Civil Service register them in character; they’re entirely managed by players, with the sole exceptions of &#039;&#039;(a)&#039;&#039; they need someone in GOD to swap resources over, and &#039;&#039;(b)&#039;&#039; if there’s a dispute about a will, player characters are able to involve the magistrates, who are PD NPC crew.)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Navigate to the character page of one of the players.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Confirm that their resource is what they think it should be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Swap Resource”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the pop-up that appears, enter the other player’s PID in the “Recipient” box and press Enter or Tab, or click “Search”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Confirm with the players that the recipient character name is what they expect. (If not, see Looking up PID&#039;s in [[Player accounts]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Select one of the Payment radio button options. &#039;&#039;(For resource swaps, you will almost always need to take payment.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Assign Resource====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ignore this button&#039;&#039;&#039;. If GOD ever needs to touch it, something has gone wrong – escalate to a head of department so they can handle things.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upgrades====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal resources can only be upgraded during downtime. This is not something we can do in GOD during an event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal resources can only be upgraded one level per downtime. Upgrading a resource requires Bourse resources (i.e. mithril, weirwood, or white granite). The number of wains required is equal to the level being upgraded to, so upgrading a resource from level 1 to level 2 requires 2 wains of the relevant material; upgrading from level 2 to level 3 requires 3 wains; and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check what level a resource has been upgraded to, click the resource type under the character details. The resource details will open, likely in a new tab. In the Details tab, next to the heading “Upgrades”, a pair of numbers will be given in the format “2 / 1”.&lt;br /&gt;
* The first number indicates the number of upgrades the resource has received. This is likely to be relevant when double-checking that people are about to swap the resources they intended to.&lt;br /&gt;
* The second number indicates the effective number of upgrades taking into account any bonuses or penalties. For more detail as to what’s going on for any particular resource, see the “Magic” tab. This information is likely to be relevant if somebody received fewer materials in their player pack than they expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Skills===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are lots of things relating to skills that players can do for themselves. In general, in this section, use your discretion: if there’s a long queue for the player PCs and a short queue for queries, or the player wants to ask multiple questions and skills are only some of them, or they’re a new player or generally seem like they’d benefit from reassurance, feel free to use your judgement about whether to redirect them or whether to answer their questions yourself. All the step-by-step instructions in this section assume that you are starting from the “Skills” tab of a Character page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Miscellaneous information====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sometimes players are concerned that their player passport is out-of-date, either because they think GOD crew won’t believe they know how to do things (we can check on the computers if we’re worried), or because they’re concerned they’ll forget what they know. Offer to hand-write the details of their skills on their existing passport (and initial it). As a last resort, offer to print out a new copy of their player passport.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a player wants to know how much XP they have to spend: ideally redirect them to someone who can show them how to find this out for themselves at the player PCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Learning new skills====&lt;br /&gt;
Characters learn skills by spending skill points, or XP. Characters receive 8 XP on creation, and 1 XP for the first and third event they attend each year. Players can spend XP themselves using player PCs or their own devices (connected to the PD Wi-Fi). If players aren’t sure how to do this themselves – or are unsure how many XP points they have available – ideally they’d be&lt;br /&gt;
redirected to the player PCs, if a member of GOD crew is present to explain to them, or show them how to do it. Use your judgement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; if you do wind up adding skills for players, be aware that the system lets crew spend more XP than the player actually has available, because it’s very occasionally useful to allow players to “overspend” their XP. You should never be doing this unless you have been told to by a head of department.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Skills” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the “Add Skill” button in the middle of the page, under the “Total Points Available” line.&lt;br /&gt;
* Note the appearance of the “Total Points Allocated” line. When the number after the “Total Points Allocated” line is equal to the number of points after the “Total Points Available” line, you have spent all the character’s XP and should not keep adding skills!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Choose a skill from the drop-down box labelled “Choose One”.&lt;br /&gt;
* Note that some skills require other skills as prerequisites, e.g. the skill “Hero” must be bought before any of the other “Heroic Skills” can be purchased. See the wiki for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If necessary, click “Add Skill” again to generate another drop-down box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. If at any point you make a mistake, click “Delete” next to the skill you wish to delete (or simply change the dropdown to a skill you intended to add). At any time, you can click “Cancel” at the bottom of the page to discard all your changes and leave the page, or “Reset” to return the page to the state it was in before you began editing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Read out the list of changes you’ve made to the player to confirm they’re happy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. When complete, click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; that the interface for players looks different – both in terms of how to get there and in terms of what it looks like once you are there. Watching over our shoulders won’t help them much with sorting themselves out in future!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Learning new rituals or recipes for items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players can master most rituals (for mages) or learn most recipes for items (for artisans) themselves, at player PCs or using their own devices connected to PD Wi-Fi. Use your discretion.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To master a ritual that is part of Imperial lore:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Rituals” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Find an empty lore slot for the appropriate realm for the ritual, i.e. one with a blank drop-down (“Choose One”) next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player doesn’t know the realm for the ritual, you can look it up on the wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player does not have an empty lore slot, they will need to spend XP on an additional ritual slot for the appropriate realm. You can do this for them now (see Learning new skills above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select the ritual name from the drop-down box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
However, when characters learn rituals or recipes that do not form part of Imperial lore, this must be recorded by a member of GOD crew (or sometimes by MattP).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For mastering a ritual that is not part of Imperial lore:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The player must have in their possession the physical “ritual text” (magic bit of paper), which will usually be printed on vellum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click “Edit Rituals” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Find an “Extra lore” slot with a blank drop-down (“Choose One”) next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player does not have an empty “Extra lore” slot, they will need to spend XP on “Extra ritual”. You can do this for them now (see Learning new skills above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Select the ritual matching the name on the ritual text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To learn to make items in general:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Items” from the buttons on the right-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. &#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039;: complete this, including noting the restrictions on what levels of thing can go where.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Learning to make an item that is not part of Imperial lore happens rarely. If you’re confused about an item a player is asking about, escalate to the heads of department – they might well need to radio through to plot to ask what’s going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dropping and forgetting skills====&lt;br /&gt;
Players sometimes want to forget skills, rituals, or recipes they already know, for a variety of reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
* After a brand new player’s first event, they can retrain as many skills and options as they want to, including all of them, by logging in to their account on the PD website. There’s an enormous amount of lore, and getting your head around it takes time! We can also do this for them at their first event, especially if they’re not having fun.&lt;br /&gt;
* After every event a player attends, they can retrain a single skill, crafting option, or pair of rituals, by logging in to their account on the PD website. If a player did not use this option during downtime before an event, they can do it themselves at the event using a player PC or their own device.&lt;br /&gt;
* Sometimes a player’s access needs change, e.g. they have spent a lot of XP points on battle skills but can no longer participate in battles. In these cases, we need to remove all their battle skills for them. Err on the side of generosity and believing the player, here – and if in doubt, escalate to more senior crew or heads of department.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, if a player wants to forget more than one skill for IC reasons rather than OC reasons (e.g. access reasons, being a brand new player), they’ll need to forget skills gradually, one per event, or find some other in character mechanism (e.g. this has sometimes been possible with magic rituals) – but do escalate if you’re at all unsure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: if players want to forget all the rituals they’ve mastered, freeing up all their ritual slots, this is possible in-game with the ritual Infant Starts with a Blank Slate. Tell them that a ritual exists for this, and ask them if they’d like to be told the name by you or if they’d rather find it out in play – either is fine!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To use a player’s ability to forget one skill, one item recipe, or two mastered rituals per event on their behalf:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Drop Skill” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will be taken to the “Retrain Skill” page.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player wishes to retrain a skill:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Click the button labelled “Retrain” next to the skill the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
– Some skills are prerequisites for others. For example, the skill “Magician” cannot be retrained while a character knows any realm lore. The “Retrain Skill” button won’t appear next to a skill that is a required for other known skills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player wishes to retrain rituals:&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Click “Cancel” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Click “Rituals” from the tabs underneath the character name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Click “Retrain Ritual” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Click the button labelled “Retrain” next to up to two rituals the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(e) Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player wishes to retrain an item recipe:&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Click “Cancel” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Click “Items” from the tabs underneath the character name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Click “Retrain Item” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Click the button labelled “Retrain” next to the item the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(e) Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The player can then relearn skills, rituals, and recipes as normal (see Learning new skills, Learning new rituals or recipes for items above).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To forget multiple skills, e.g. for access reasons or for a brand new player, without affecting the player’s ability to forget one skill per downtime:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Skills” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the button labelled “Delete” next to each skill the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
* Note: this system will let you delete skills that are prerequisites for other skills. For example, you will be able to delete “Magician” without also deleting “Autumn lore”. If in doubt, check the wiki or check in with more senior crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To forget rituals:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Rituals” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the button labelled “Delete” next to each ritual the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To forget item recipes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Items” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the button labelled “Delete” next to each item the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ignore the “Edit Dropped Skills” button &#039;&#039;&#039;– &#039;&#039;you shouldn’t ever need to use this if you’re not a head of department.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, the entire contents of people’s inventories should be “booked out” into their player packs at the beginning of every event. In a small number of cases, this might not happen – if so, any items still in people’s inventories should be listed on the “Inventory” tab under the character name. All the processes in this section assume you’re starting from the Inventory tab unless otherwise specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some frequently asked questions are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Can I deposit…? →New Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Can I withdraw…? →New Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* I thought my pack was supposed to contain… →Show Entries&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Actually write this up&lt;br /&gt;
====New entry====&lt;br /&gt;
Generally players are discouraged from depositing items to their inventory at the event unless they’re using them immediately for a ritual or similar. (See Resource hand-in in [[Player Packs- GOD]])&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To record deposits:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “New Entry” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page. A pop-up will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. For each resource, enter a positive number in the appropriate box. Multiple resources can be deposited at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Under the “Details” heading:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) leave the “Type” drop-down as “Handed in at God”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) change the “Notes” field to “Handed in at…” (from “Handed in after…”)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To record withdrawals (hopefully rarely!):&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “New Entry”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. For each resource that is being withdrawn, enter a negative number in the corresponding box, i.e. a minus sign followed by a number. Multiple resources can be withdrawn at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Under the “Details” heading:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) change the “Type” drop-down to “Handed out at God”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) change the “Notes” field to “Handed out at…”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Show entries====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button is mostly useful for detective work, when someone’s confused or surprised about the quantity of resource in their pack. This is usually because they are &#039;&#039;(or in some cases are not)&#039;&#039; under the effect of some ritual or military action, which you’ll likely be able to dig out of the full history of inventory transactions. Grab a more senior member of crew to talk you through this until you’re confident with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Book out====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the button to click when you want to withdraw everything in a player’s inventory without having to fiddle around with the individual numbers. You shouldn’t need to use this very often.&lt;br /&gt;
====Not collected====&lt;br /&gt;
See &#039;&#039;Break down&#039;&#039; in [[Player Packs- GOD]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transfer====&lt;br /&gt;
You’re unlikely to need to use this button. Check with a head of department if you think you do&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downtime===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Downtime Downtime- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab only appears for characters with the Artisan skill. It provides information about which items the character made during downtime between events, and which resources they consumed to make those items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; flesh this out more – what Do about it? What information do we give players? What Problems do they Have?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bonds===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Create_bond Create bond- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; what Problems? what Information can we Provide?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Magic===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Magic Magic- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab provides information about magical effects the character is under.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; what Problems? what Information can we Provide?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Soul===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Testimony Testimonies- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will show Testimony but…. what else? what do we need to know? what can we tell players under what circumstances? &amp;amp;c.?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ribbons===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039; Fill out this section&lt;br /&gt;
====Bonding items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Unbonding items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identifying items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; what for, when to use, how to use&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_manual&amp;diff=5261</id>
		<title>GOD manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_manual&amp;diff=5261"/>
		<updated>2023-07-29T16:38:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Fix typo in link&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== About this manual ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the beginning, there was nothing.  Which exploded.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Terry Pratchett, &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Lords and Ladies&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The &#039;&#039;GOD manual&#039;&#039; tells GOD crew how to do things.&#039;&#039;&#039; It&#039;s the repository of knowledge that describes the majority of processes that are followed at (and occasionally between) events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historically, the GOD manual took the form of a PDF. As of July 2023, we&#039;re in the process of migrating it to this wiki. If you&#039;d like to help, get in touch with Adam.  Until that process is completed, you will likely need to check both this wiki and the PDF manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Caution|&#039;&#039;&#039;This wiki is publicly accessible.&#039;&#039;&#039; The vast majority of things that GOD do are fine to publish here, but be careful not to reference details of plot that aren&#039;t generally available. You can talk about the existence of (say) [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Children_in_bloom#Chaos_Fruit chaos fruit], since that&#039;s available on the player wiki, and you can talk about how we organise them and print them, but don&#039;t give any details about how they work from a plot or game mechanic perspective. Equally, if you want to provide screenshots or similar, make sure you don&#039;t use a real player account; use Crew Room (PID 0) or Ref Dummy Character (CID 0.1).}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Welcome to GOD]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Background ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Relevant information from the crew wiki:&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Crew organisation]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Radio protocol]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Empire resources&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Currency]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Cards &amp;amp; Lammies]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Bourse Resources]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Event specials ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GOD 2023 E3 specials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Physical processes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GOD physical organisation]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lamination station]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Task Tracking]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Packs- GOD]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lost property]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Potions desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GOD checklists]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Online processes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Printing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Visions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bookings and payments&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Bookings]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Taking payments]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Confirming concessions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Character processes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Magic | Magic (including Rituals)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Religion | Religion (including Ceremonies)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ribbons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Glossary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing this manual ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Give pages clear, unambiguous, non-conflicting names&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This may require some careful wordsmithing as we&#039;re operating in the same namespace as the rest of the crew wiki.  The convention for this wiki is for titles to have the first word capitalised only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Try to avoid duplicating existing pages&#039;&#039;&#039;.  If there&#039;s already relevant information in this crew wiki, refer to that rather than duplicating it in another page.  Including relevant references to the main player wiki can also be really helpful if someone needs to understand the wider context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cross-linking is good.&#039;&#039;&#039; Try to avoid repeating yourself – having the same information in multiple places is a good way to have multiple bits of information fall out of sync with each other – and instead write something once and link to it anywhere else it&#039;s useful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Make things easy to link to&#039;&#039;&#039; by breaking things up into discrete bite-sized chunks, whether by putting things in different pages or by having good header structure within one that allows for direct linking to a particular section.  Done well, we should be able to link directly to relevant details from various parts of the crew website interface, so that the wiki provides effective context-sensitive help for all tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Put all the manual pages in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;GOD manual&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; category&#039;&#039;&#039; to make sure all pages can be found easily.  This is done by putting the code &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Category:GOD manual]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; at the bottom of each page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Document the &#039;why&#039; as well as the &#039;what&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.  There are competing goals to everything we&#039;re writing here: we want things that are quick and easy and straightforward to follow, and we &#039;&#039;also&#039;&#039; want to document why we do things the way we do them, so if we want to change things in future we have half a chance of understanding why things are the way they are now. Consider having separate sections in any process documentation for (a) a process overview for folk who know what they&#039;re doing but want a reminder of some specifics, (b) a detailed step-by-step guide for folk who aren&#039;t familiar with the process, and (c) a final section explaining the reasoning behind anything that isn&#039;t obvious.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Printing&amp;diff=5241</id>
		<title>Printing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Printing&amp;diff=5241"/>
		<updated>2023-07-23T21:35:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Content and presentation pass&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Actually making the printers print is an arcane art, and is the only part of our job that still uses a creaking, old Microsoft Access interface. It’s also not something we’ve fully documented yet. In the meantime, here are a few pointers:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Don’t close the Access window with the document(s) you’re printing until you’ve actually printed them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do close the Access window with the document(s) you’ve printed as soon as you have printed them, and &#039;&#039;&#039;remember to confirm that they have printed&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* For printing night pouches, use the specific night pouch report, page through it until you find the [[Glossary#CID|CID]] of the person who has the night pouch, then select that page for printing by page number.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;If the ribbon printer goes awry stop it printing as quickly as possible&#039;&#039;&#039;: either just turn it off (switch on the right hand side) or eject the ink foil (lift the lid, then pull the two white toggles on either side of the foil feeder).&lt;br /&gt;
* You can check if a character pack or passport has printed by looking at the player page on the web interface, on the “Documents” tab. If you click the “Details” button, you can tick or untick the “Document Printed” box: ticking it when it isn’t ticked will remove it from the print queue without actually printing anything, while unticking it will add the document back to the print queue &#039;&#039;based on what would currently be printed for that character&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==To print player packs and ribbons==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Add the document to the print queue&#039;&#039;&#039; from any computer where you are logged in to the PD crew interface:&lt;br /&gt;
#;For newly-created characters:&lt;br /&gt;
#:* Navigate to the character page.&lt;br /&gt;
#:* Click “Play Character” from the buttons on the right hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
#:* Click “Confirm” in the dialogue box.&lt;br /&gt;
#:* Click “Event Pack” from the buttons on the right hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
#:* Click “Confirm”.&lt;br /&gt;
#:* At this point, either ask the player to wait while you proceed to the next steps and [[Player Packs- GOD|make up their pack immediately]] while they wait, or fill out a query slip (including CID to make sure the pack for the right character gets printed!).&lt;br /&gt;
#;For missing packs:&lt;br /&gt;
#:* Confirm that you really can’t find the pack anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
#:* Look up the player.&lt;br /&gt;
#:* Confirm that they are booked for the event by checking the “Events” and “Bookings” tabs. If they aren’t, a booking will need to be processed – escalate if you’re not sure how to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
#:* Confirm that they have an active character, i.e. that under the “Characters” tab they have a character set to “Played”. If they’re not, see For newly-created characters.&lt;br /&gt;
#;For ribbons:&lt;br /&gt;
#:* Navigate to the ribbon page.&lt;br /&gt;
#:* Click “Print ribbon” from the buttons on the right hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Print the documents&#039;&#039;&#039; from a computer connected to the printers:&lt;br /&gt;
#* If it’s not already open, launch the Access database frontend.&lt;br /&gt;
#* From the row of buttons and the like across the top of the screen, click “Print Queue”. If the “Print Queue” window is already open, refresh it by closing it and then reopening it using this button.&lt;br /&gt;
#* In the “Print Queue” window, click the line corresponding to the document you want to print.&lt;br /&gt;
#* In the “Print Queue” window, click “Print” from the buttons on the right-hand side. A new window will open up, showing a preview of documents of the selected type that are in the queue to print.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Press Ctrl + P on the keyboard, or right-click on the print preview and then click Print.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Make any necessary adjustments to the printer settings (e.g. which printer and tray to use – exactly what these are varies between events but is usually written down and next to the printing PC).&lt;br /&gt;
#* Click “OK”.&lt;br /&gt;
#* For the ribbon printer, press the “Feed” button a couple of times to get you the extra length you need to cut the ribbon.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Check the documents produced by the printers. Once you’re satisfied they’ve come out correctly, close the print preview window and confirm that all documents have printed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_2023_E3_specials&amp;diff=5240</id>
		<title>GOD 2023 E3 specials</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_2023_E3_specials&amp;diff=5240"/>
		<updated>2023-07-23T21:11:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Add to Category:GOD manual&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== 2023 E3 – Summer Solstice 385YE ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[EmpireWiki:Farewell wanderlust|Farewell wanderlust]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EmpireWiki:Farewell wanderlust#Summer Gold|Summer Gold]]: Characters will be getting 26 rings of basic income rather than the normal 18 rings. This includes new characters, and new character packs should have it printed automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EmpireWiki:Farewell wanderlust#Ripples of Gold|Ripples of Gold]]: Characters can diversify businesses for free. As ever with diversification, this is something players should sort themselves in downtime.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EmpireWiki:Farewell wanderlust#Wages of Wickedness|Wages of Wickedness]]: Characters might perform [[EmpireWiki:Ephisis&#039; Scale|Ephisis&#039; Scale]] with money and vouchers. If you can follow the instructions on the Wind of Fortune, do so. If not, if you have plot wiki access, [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empireplotwiki/Ephisis_Trades check if the plot wiki has anything useful]. Otherwise, check with the Ref Desk.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EmpireWiki:Farewell wanderlust#Enchanted Brokers|Enchanted Brokers]]: Characters who had businesses &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039; who had their business subjected to [[EmpireWiki:Rivers of Gold|Rivers of Gold]], [[EmpireWiki:Streams of Silver|Streams of Silver]] or [[EmpireWiki:Gift of the Wily Broker|Gift of the Wily Broker]] at E2 2023 should get a ribboned magical item in their pack. If someone is missing such an item:&lt;br /&gt;
** Check (a) they have a business, and (b) their business was subject to such an effect (from the character page, click on the Business, then check the Magic tab).&lt;br /&gt;
** If that doesn&#039;t explain things, or the player isn&#039;t happy with the explanation, escalate as normal.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EmpireWiki:Farewell wanderlust#Treasures of the Earth|Treasures of the Earth]]: regarding &amp;quot;deepstone&amp;quot; potion lammies: warstone, bloodstone, spellstone or heartstone. If someone casts a ritual on one of these, record the ritual as normal, and add a note to the ritual saying which stone the players used. Take the lammy off the players; the stone is consumed as part of the ritual and they don&#039;t get anything back immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EmpireWiki:Farewell wanderlust#Dissonant Growth|Dissonant Growth]]:&lt;br /&gt;
** Farms are producing 72 rings less than usual; characters with farms are instead getting &amp;quot;Ashen Residue&amp;quot;. This is expected. They can be used when casting rituals:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Provided (a) the ritual is in Autumn, (b) the ritual is no more than magnitude 8, and (c) everyone involved in casting the ritual has it mastered, one Ashen Residue will provide all the mana for the ritual.&lt;br /&gt;
** Forests are producing two measures less than usual; characters with farms are instead getting &amp;quot;metallic fruit&amp;quot;. This is expected. They can be traded with eternals:&lt;br /&gt;
*** For the purposes of most trade rituals, including ones that normally have strict requirements about what can be traded (e.g. [[EmpireWiki:Tithe of Bats|Tithe of Bats]] normally only allows someone to send Gloaming and Dragonbone), one Metallic Fruit can be used in place of five regular ingots or measures.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Trading one Metallic Fruit on its own will convert it to one vis of the appropriate realm.&lt;br /&gt;
*** If the ritual is [[EmpireWiki:Tribute to the Thrice Cursed Court|Tribute to the Thrice Cursed Court]], check with Ref Desk. It &#039;&#039;might&#039;&#039; work exactly the same, or it might not. I genuinely don&#039;t know.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EmpireWiki:Farewell wanderlust#Menhirs  and Mana|Menhirs and Mana]]:&lt;br /&gt;
** If a Marcher with a farm wants to swap to a mana site, check if their farm has been upgraded. If not, just go ahead and swap them to a mana site as normal, but don&#039;t charge them and select the &amp;quot;new character, no charge taken&amp;quot; option. If it has been upgraded, write a ticket and escalate. There&#039;s no need for the player to hang around: a head of department can sort it out, it&#039;s just a faff.&lt;br /&gt;
** Marchers who have diversified to produce more than two mana crystals will lose that diversification and get some of their money back. This happens &#039;&#039;after&#039;&#039; this event, so they won&#039;t see the effects of this until next event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_checklists&amp;diff=5236</id>
		<title>GOD checklists</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_checklists&amp;diff=5236"/>
		<updated>2023-07-12T22:02:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Content and formatting pass&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== At a loose end? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Have a drink or a snack or a stretch or a break!&lt;br /&gt;
* Offer to get other people a drink or a snack :)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Packs- GOD|make up waiting packs]];&lt;br /&gt;
* Condense packs down to fewer crates;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tidy up paper and plastic scraps around the [[Lamination station|lamination station]];&lt;br /&gt;
* Move abandoned stationery back to the drawers;&lt;br /&gt;
* Make up [[Cards &amp;amp; Lammies|herb and mana gardens]];&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Potions desk|laminate potions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Sort incoming resources back into their containers;&lt;br /&gt;
* Check whether the waste bins need emptying (&amp;amp; then do it!)&lt;br /&gt;
* Arrange printed ribbons in numerical order&lt;br /&gt;
* Rotate the radio batteries (green light into the charged box, empties onto the chargers)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sort card resources and potions into labelled batches of 50 or 100 for end-of-event stocktake&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overnight ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Before Times, the GOD tent had walls and all the in-game resources got left out overnight. In the Plague Times &#039;&#039;(and post plague times)&#039;&#039;, the GOD tent does not have walls, so valuable in-game resources need to be transferred to the GOD Crate at night, and brought back out in the morning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Items that need to be locked away and then set back up are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Materials|Resin materials]];&lt;br /&gt;
* Card resources (potions, vis, herbs, mana, liao), including spares (under the tables);&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bourse Resources|Bourse resources]];&lt;br /&gt;
* Potions and potions manuals;&lt;br /&gt;
* Any coin boxes that don’t lock;&lt;br /&gt;
* Player packs (stacked neatly, and at least approximately in numerical order!);&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lost property|lost property]], especially valuable lost property;&lt;br /&gt;
* Real-world cash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everything else – including electronics, locking coin boxes, blank potions sheets, and virtue/anointing cards – can stay out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Before opening ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only worry about this if you’re on shift first thing!  One of the heads of department should be up early to unlock the GOD Crate and turn on the power. Once that’s happened:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* get everything back out of the Crate and into place (see [[GOD physical organisation]])&lt;br /&gt;
** It’s often helpful to chain this, with one person inside the Crate getting boxes to the entrance, and several people ferrying boxes from the entrance to the tent, rather than having everyone go backwards and forwards.&lt;br /&gt;
** Materials go in alphabetical order from left to right, with one crate each of 1s, 3s and 5s;&lt;br /&gt;
** Herbs go together and in alphabetical order; same for potions and vis;&lt;br /&gt;
* get the IC cash boxes out of the big coin boxes;&lt;br /&gt;
* boot up the PCs, log into them, and get the PD website up;&lt;br /&gt;
* make sure each PC has a notepad, a writing implement, and some hand sanitiser;&lt;br /&gt;
* check the stock of Freddos (and other snacks!);&lt;br /&gt;
* consolidate the bins, get rid of any full bin bags, and replace with new bin bags as necessary&lt;br /&gt;
* catch up on any [[Player Packs- GOD|packs]] that needed making and get them into the matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Before going to bed ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only worry about these if you’re on shift last thing!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Get everything that needs to go away into the Crate (&#039;&#039;&#039;Overnight&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
** Hint: it’s often helpful to chain this, with some people ferrying boxes to the Crate and one person inside the Crate getting things onto shelves.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tidy any stray stationery away into its drawers;&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn off the [[Lamination station|laminators]];&lt;br /&gt;
* Throw away any rubbish that’s accumulated on the tables;&lt;br /&gt;
* Consolidate the bins, get rid of any full bin bags, and replace with new bin bags as necessary;&lt;br /&gt;
* Shut down all of the PCs and turn off the monitors;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ Notice|Heads of department are then responsible for turning off the lights and power, and making sure the coin boxes and the Crate are locked.}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{ Caution|When turning off the power, take care that you do not turn off any power feeds going to nearby player camping, as this is often to support important accessibility needs. }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Stocktaking and Packing weekend prep ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s always useful to know how much we have of everything we need, both in terms of in-game resources (running out of 1 ring pieces is a pain!) and in terms of all the tools and stationery that GOD needs to run. In general we don’t care about exact numbers – knowing we have exactly 241 five-Weltsilver ingots is definitely not worth the time versus “a couple of hundred-ish” – but having enough lead-time to order replacements means we don’t need to come up with last-minute excuses for why we’ve had to substitute things we’re lacking stock of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making resources up into bundles of well-known size is partly useful for the stock count, and is also useful for the packing weekend. There are a lot of players with basic congregations, basic mana sites or basic herb gardens, in particular, which means a lot of players whose packs will contain a standard set of resources. If those players can just get a single bundle of pre-counted cards, it makes running the packing weekend much easier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some spare time, bundling things up is useful:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make up herb gardens (6 True Vervain, 2 Bladeroot, 2 Cerulean Mazzarine, 2 Imperial Roseweald, 2 Marrowort), in labelled stacks of 25 or 50&lt;br /&gt;
* Make up mana sites (7 Mana), in labelled stacks of 25 or 50&lt;br /&gt;
* Bundle up herbs, mana, liao, philtres, &amp;amp;c. into (labelled!) sets of 50 and 100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you’re doing stock-take, make sure you’re checking with someone who’s coordinating – we don’t want to accidentally get two people counting the same things – and get estimates of how many of each of the below we have:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In-game resources&lt;br /&gt;
** Each of the herb cards that make up the herb gardens&lt;br /&gt;
** Mana cards&lt;br /&gt;
** Liao cards&lt;br /&gt;
** Each of the six types of Vis card&lt;br /&gt;
** Each of the seven types of anointing card&lt;br /&gt;
** Artisan’s Oil cards&lt;br /&gt;
** Each of the philtres (the potions that are printed on cards)&lt;br /&gt;
** Each of the non-philtre potions (these will be in lammy pouches; it’s normal to have few-to-none of a lot of these)&lt;br /&gt;
** Each of the eight coin denominations&lt;br /&gt;
** Each of the three sizes of the eight materials&lt;br /&gt;
** The three sizes of ilium&lt;br /&gt;
** The little fish effigies used for Swim Leviathan’s Depth&lt;br /&gt;
** The three types of Bourse certificate&lt;br /&gt;
* GOD miscellany.&lt;br /&gt;
** Laminator pouches, in A4, A3 and credit-card/potion sizes&lt;br /&gt;
** Paper&lt;br /&gt;
*** White&lt;br /&gt;
*** Vellum&lt;br /&gt;
*** Pre-printed potion slips&lt;br /&gt;
** C5 envelopes&lt;br /&gt;
** Anything else you notice is in short supply&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;TODO: Do we want to add anything else to explicitly check?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tear Down ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Get packs booked in and broken down&lt;br /&gt;
* Sort resources into their boxes&lt;br /&gt;
* Finish packing weekend prep&lt;br /&gt;
* Return all stationery to its drawers and boxes&lt;br /&gt;
* Fold all the tables&lt;br /&gt;
* Empty all the bins, and then collapse and secure the semi-rigid outers&lt;br /&gt;
* Hand to Graeme:&lt;br /&gt;
** The card payment machine&lt;br /&gt;
* into the GOD crate (things that stay on site and won’t be seen again until next event):&lt;br /&gt;
** any non-valuable and non-identifiable lost property&lt;br /&gt;
** computers, tech, &amp;amp;c. that isn’t going to Enfield&lt;br /&gt;
** tables and chairs&lt;br /&gt;
** non-paper stationery that isn’t going to Enfield or Preston&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;⁇? TODO Check with Erin&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
* for the Preston pile (things that will be wanted by MattP between events or for packing weekend):&lt;br /&gt;
** resource boxes (including cards, potions, &amp;amp;c.)&lt;br /&gt;
** hand-in slips&lt;br /&gt;
** any unused paper&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;⁇? TODO Check with Erin&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* for the Enfield pile (things that will be wanted by Adam between events):&lt;br /&gt;
** stationary and printing stuff (Adam should have an up-to-date list of what he wants)&lt;br /&gt;
** any valuable or identifiable lost property&lt;br /&gt;
** any of Adam’s stuff that he’s going to pick up with the Enfield pile&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Potions_desk&amp;diff=5235</id>
		<title>Potions desk</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Potions_desk&amp;diff=5235"/>
		<updated>2023-07-12T21:44:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Formatting and content pass.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Brewing Potions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the event players will come in to make potions. There are potion guides behind the desk - &#039;&#039;&#039;you don’t have to memorise the recipes!&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a potion guide that can be lent to players making potions, and there is also a GOD crew only guide with sensitive in-game information that must not be handed out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# The player will give the name of the potion. We don’t have a great way of checking if someone knows how to brew any given potion; use your discretion amongst the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use a nearby computer or tablet to look up the player’s character&#039;&#039;&#039; and see what potion skills that character has.&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ask the player to show you their passport&#039;&#039;&#039;. If a player has this, it will show you what potions their character knew how to make at the time the passport was printed, which is very likely to be the same as the potions their character knows how to make now.&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;&#039;Note down the player’s CID and the potions they’re making, then check them on the computers when you have free time later.&#039;&#039;&#039; This means that we might give out potions that we oughtn’t, but the vast majority of players are honest, so not being able to spot cheating until later in the day isn’t a big deal.&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;&#039;Just take the player’s word for it&#039;&#039;&#039;. The vast majority of players are honest, and particularly if you’re busy it may not be worth the effort of doing anything more involved (although we also don’t want to encourage the few players who do cheat to come in at our busiest times to take advantage of this…).&lt;br /&gt;
# Check that the player has handed in the correct resources. If an item is being used to allow resource substitutions, check that the correct amounts have been substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pick the potions from the potions matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
# Issue the player with their potions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Making up more potions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Get one of the heads of department to [[Printing|print out]] the potions needed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the [[Lamination station#Guillotines|guillotines]] to cut the potions down to size.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fold the potion slips in half.&lt;br /&gt;
# Place the potion slips into small laminator pouches, with the folded-over RIP HERE end sticking out.&lt;br /&gt;
# Feed pouches through the [[Lamination station#Laminator|laminator]] starting with the pre-sealed/connected end of the pouch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Caution|&#039;&#039;&#039;Keep track of how many potions you’re feeding in vs getting out of the laminator!&#039;&#039;&#039; If a pouch doesn’t emerge, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;stop the laminator immediately&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and grab somebody (preferably Erin) to do emergency surgery.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Lost_property&amp;diff=5234</id>
		<title>Lost property</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Lost_property&amp;diff=5234"/>
		<updated>2023-07-12T21:37:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Content and presentation pass&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lost property that has been handed in is kept for 4 events after hand-in.&#039;&#039;&#039; If unclaimed after this period items will get moved in to “freecycle”, which will take place on the Sunday of each event. Monster get first dibs, followed by GOD, followed by a free-for-all. Lost property items are labelled, ribbon colour-coded and stored according to the event at which they were handed in. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All valuable lost property (jewellery, watches, wallets, phones, iPads &amp;amp;c.) should be logged by a department head and kept in a secure location.&lt;br /&gt;
All identifiable and valuable property should be returned to a player ASAP by contacting their nation’s Egregore, usually by [[Radio protocol|radio]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Caution|Players are &#039;&#039;&#039;not allowed to rummage through lost property themselves &#039;&#039;&#039;– they must be able to accurately describe the missing item and a member of GOD crew must be present to assist with finding it.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Logging details of lost property&lt;br /&gt;
* Reconciliation of handed-in found property with lost property records&lt;br /&gt;
* Detailed process for freecycle&lt;br /&gt;
* Colour coding table&lt;br /&gt;
* Arrow handling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Player_Packs-_GOD&amp;diff=5233</id>
		<title>Player Packs- GOD</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Player_Packs-_GOD&amp;diff=5233"/>
		<updated>2023-07-12T21:33:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Formatting and cross-linking pass.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Set up ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Packing weekend has hopefully happened, at which the majority of packs – for bookings made in advance – will have been prepared. These packs will have been arranged, in order of [[Glossary#PID|PID]], in folding crates, to form the [[Glossary#Matrix|Matrix]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(If it hasn&#039;t, as it hadn&#039;t for 2022 E1, there is lots more for us to do… but it&#039;s all the same basic jobs as described in the rest of this chapter, plus an extra two thousand or so of [[#Making packs up|making up]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* A list of pack corrections will have been provided via a webform and printed out and &#039;&#039;hopefully&#039;&#039; attached to a clipboard. &#039;&#039;&#039;Cross them out as you do them&#039;&#039;&#039; so we don’t duplicate effort.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some players will have provided proof that they’re entitled to a [[Confirming concessions|concession]] between packing weekend and arrival in the field. Graeme or Matt P will likely have provided the list of relevant PIDs, hopefully via the webform. Go through the Matrix, identify the relevant envelopes, scribble out “Confirm Concession” on the front of them, and replace them in the Matrix. Also cross the PIDs off the list of packs to pull to put in the Concessions crate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Concessions that still need to be confirmed need separating out from the Matrix into their own crate(s). &#039;&#039;&#039;Keep them in numerical order by PID!&#039;&#039;&#039; These want to end up living to the left end of the front desk. There should be a printed out list of PIDs to separate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Crew packs need separating out from the main Matrix into their own crate(s), kept in numerical order by PID, and moved to the right end of the front desk.&lt;br /&gt;
** Some crew packs will need to go into individual departmental boxes – see the departmental lists (which should be printed out).&lt;br /&gt;
** The rest will want separating into crates to get handed out from GOD, and there’s a list for those, too.&lt;br /&gt;
* Plot will need to go into envelopes as it arrives. We’ll get printouts and lists of packs, and will need to go through the Matrix stuffing things into envelopes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are also likely to need to make up packs for players who booked after packing weekend took place, or to remove and replace packs for players who changed which character they intend to play after packing weekend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Making packs up ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the course of the event, we’ll need to make up new packs for players, whether they booked after packing weekend or after characters die in the big battles on Saturday and Sunday mornings. A player pack consists of an envelope, a passport, and some number of resources. The front of the envelope is printed with a list of items the envelope should contain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The passport and the envelope should come off the printer fairly close together. Fold up the passport (&#039;&#039;if A4&#039;&#039;) and place it in the envelope.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add coins to the pack to the given value, according to the listed denominations (see [[Currency]] for help).&lt;br /&gt;
# Add materials, card resources, and [[Bourse Resources|Bourse resources]] in the stated quantities.&lt;br /&gt;
# Some packs will contain items that are listed as a five-digit number followed by a brief description. These are unique ID numbers for [[Ribbons]]. Check whether the ribbon in question has already been printed out, by looking through the great big board of ribbons. If not, [[Printing|print it]], and add it to the pack.&lt;br /&gt;
# Put the pack wherever the pack needs to go, probably either directly into the player’s hands, or into the box for players who are going to come back to pick items up later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hand-out (including Proxies) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# A player will get to the front of the queue. Ask them their PID.&lt;br /&gt;
# If they don’t know their PID, ask them if they have their ticket; &#039;&#039;everyone&#039;&#039; should have a ticket, either printed or on their phone, which has their PID on it. (Sometimes the ticket will show a PID of &#039;&#039;null&#039;&#039;; you&#039;ll need to look these up — see below.)&lt;br /&gt;
# If they &#039;&#039;still&#039;&#039; don’t have their PID, to speak to somebody at a computer, or someone with a clipboard of names and PIDs if one exists, and then come back to the pack handout queue.&lt;br /&gt;
# Find their pack.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask them to confirm their name – either of their player/wallet name or character name is fine!&lt;br /&gt;
# Check this matches the name listed on the outside of their pack.  If so, hand over their pack!&lt;br /&gt;
# Circle back to the head of the queue and repeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some players will have &#039;&#039;&#039;proxies&#039;&#039;&#039; registered in the system. If this is the case, their pack will have the PIDs of their proxies printed on the envelope. If someone comes to pick up a pack for another player, first ask if they are registered as a proxy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If they say yes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If they say yes, ask for the PID of the player whose pack they are collecting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Find the pack, as above.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask for the PID of the player who is collecting the pack. Check that it is printed on the envelope as a registered proxy.&lt;br /&gt;
# Confirm the name of the player whose pack is being collected.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hand over the pack, and ask if the player needs to collect any other packs. :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If they say no, they are not registered as a proxy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Explain about the proxy system: between events, the player who wants to nominate a proxy should e-mail admin@profounddecisions.co.uk with their PID and the PIDs of any proxies they want to set up.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask what their relationship to the player whose pack they wish to collect is:&lt;br /&gt;
#* If they have the other person’s ticket – either on a print-out or on a phone or similar – we can take that as proof that they’re allowed the pack, so hand it out.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If they are a parent, this should be recorded in the computer system. Double-check, or get someone else to, and then hand over the pack. &#039;&#039;&#039;(TODO: Write up and link to how.)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#* Otherwise, explain that you will need to see proof that they have the other player’s permission to collect their pack on their behalf, e.g. photo ID of or a note from the other player. (This is to avoid theft of in-game resources, which would otherwise be very easy!)&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you’re at all unsure, escalate to a head of department.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Missing Packs ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite everyone’s best efforts, packs sometimes wind up in the wrong place. It is actually pretty rare for them to just not get printed at all, though, so there’s several things to check first. This process can also be found on the back of the query slips:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Query form back.png|thumb|right|Query slip (back)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask whether the player is &#039;&#039;&#039;crew or a concession&#039;&#039;&#039;. If yes, check those matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Depending on which crew team they are, their pack might have gone to their team leader/Head of Department already, so they’ll need to go check there. There will normally be someone specifically handling the crew desk, who should have a list.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ask whether the player was asked to come back later. If yes, &#039;&#039;&#039;check the query slips boxes&#039;&#039;&#039; to see if there’s a query slip tracking this already.&lt;br /&gt;
# Numbers are tricksy and packs hide. Get someone else to double-check the PID with the player, confirm it’s the number you looked for, and look for that number.&lt;br /&gt;
# Even if the player isn’t crew or a concession, check those matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
# Check whether the player has got their PID correct by looking them up on the computer system &#039;&#039;(If they haven&#039;t, repeat from step 1!)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# If the player’s PID was correct and you still can’t find their pack, it’s time to start checking whether they were &#039;&#039;actually&#039;&#039; booked&lt;br /&gt;
# If they seem to be booked and there’s no pack, write their details down on a query slip and – depending on the queues – either ask them to come back later or get them to wait while a head of department investigates further.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Common pack problems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a bunch of common problems with character packs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Missing artisan items]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Others TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Break Down ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At some point, we start assuming that any packs that haven’t been collected yet aren’t going to be, and begin breaking them back down. This is a task that involves working with computers, so &#039;&#039;technically&#039;&#039; belongs in Online Processes but involves packs and makes more sense here. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typically this happens once we get to a lull on Saturday morning; we don’t want to do it earlier, as we’d rather have players take their packs away than have to break them down, but we also want to get the job done when we have a suitable quiet period, and ideally in time to let Plot know about things they need to re-plan because plot hooks haven’t been delivered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As part of this, if any character packs have been delivered to other crew departments, someone with a radio should get in touch with the heads of those departments to get any uncollected packs back from them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you’re logged in to the website and you’ve clicked “Crew” from the home page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click “Character” in the tabs across the top of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the CID search box, enter the PID from the top right of the player pack you are working on, and press Tab or Enter. (You don’t need to enter the full CID!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Click “Inventory” from the tabs underneath the character name.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click “Not Collected” from the buttons down the right-hand side of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click “Confirm” on the pop-up that appears.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dump the resources into your big crate of for someone else (possibly your future self!) to sort.&lt;br /&gt;
# If there are any plot documents or arcane projections in the envelope, note the PID (if it isn’t printed on the documents already), and pass to a head of department.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Arcane Projections will get filed to deliver at a future event.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Plot documents get handed to someone in the Plot department; they can then decide if they need to re-write some of their plots on the fly to account for some of the documents not having been delivered.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat from Step 2 with the next pack.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resource Hand-in ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GOD is not a bank.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, players are encouraged to keep hold of their resources, for two reasons. The first is that this makes more opportunity for game play: it increases the chances for in-game loss or theft, and the consequences of same. The second is it means we don’t have to count everything in, find the space to store stuff, then count everything out again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This also means that &#039;&#039;in general&#039;&#039; players are discouraged from handing resources in at GOD, with two main exceptions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# They want to use the resource immediately: for example, they want to deposit three Iridescent Gloaming so that they can perform a specific ritual &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# They want to use the resources during downtime, to create items or perform actions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first case, the player should be directed to the queue for [[Character processes#Inventory|computer-based queries]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second case, hand-in of resources for use over downtime isn’t accepted before Sunday, unless the player is leaving site before Sunday. Players should be given a hand-in slip and a plastic bag, told to deposit only the resources they actually want to use, and asked to fill out the form, then return to deposit their bag and completed hand-in slip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Processing Hand-in bags ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Properly, this section belongs in [[GOD manual| Online Processes]], but alas it makes more sense to put it here, so here it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you’re logged in to the website and you’ve clicked “Crew” from the home page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click “GOD”. You will land on the “Book-in Baggy” page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the PID in the CID box, and press Tab or Enter. (You don’t have to actually bother with the full CID!) The correct event should automatically be selected in the dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If the PID doesn’t match the name, you’ll have to look it up.&lt;br /&gt;
# Check that the quantity of each resource in the baggy matches the quantity written on the slip, and enter the quantity into the relevant field on the computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# If there is a discrepancy between the hand-in slip and the contents of the baggy, call someone else over to double-count. Amend the slip as necessary, and initial the amendments to make it clear that you’re the one who made them.&lt;br /&gt;
# If there is anything else odd (e.g. ribbons, herbs) in the bag, keep it separate and flag with a head of department.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dump the resources into your in-crate for someone else to take away and sort as you go.&lt;br /&gt;
# Save the Book-in Baggy form.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;DO NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; click “Confirm” until you have copied the &#039;&#039;&#039;reference number&#039;&#039;&#039; into the field on the hand-in slip.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ideally, keep the slips in order by PID.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat from step 2 with the next baggy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you finish processing hand-in baggies, hand over the pile of slips to one of the heads of department. Let them know if the slips aren’t in order by PID.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Notice|Hint: It&#039;s often easiest to collect completed hand-in slips together in a hand-in baggie you&#039;ve already finished.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Template:Notice&amp;diff=5232</id>
		<title>Template:Notice</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Template:Notice&amp;diff=5232"/>
		<updated>2023-07-12T21:31:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Notice template for drawing informational content to the attention of the reader.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;alert alert-info&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;strong style=&amp;quot;color: black; padding-right: 1em&amp;quot;&amp;gt;ⓘ&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;{{{1|}}}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Character_processess&amp;diff=5231</id>
		<title>Character processess</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Character_processess&amp;diff=5231"/>
		<updated>2023-07-12T21:19:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Dwm moved page Character processess to Character processes: Typo!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Character processes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Character_processes&amp;diff=5230</id>
		<title>Character processes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Character_processes&amp;diff=5230"/>
		<updated>2023-07-12T21:19:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Dwm moved page Character processess to Character processes: Typo!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page contains an exciting mix of things that players have to do, things that players can &#039;&#039;(and should, if possible)&#039;&#039; do themselves, things we’re happy to do for them, and things &#039;&#039;we&#039;&#039; have to do that players can’t.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Players have to:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* create new characters&lt;br /&gt;
* create new bands&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Players generally should, but GOD can:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* record character retirements or deaths&lt;br /&gt;
* check what skills they know&lt;br /&gt;
* assign their own skill points&lt;br /&gt;
* choose which rituals and recipes to learn from within Imperial lore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GOD can:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* manually reassign skill points (e.g. for new players, or for access reasons)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GOD has to:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* perform dead-or-alive checks&lt;br /&gt;
* activate new characters&lt;br /&gt;
* move characters between nations&lt;br /&gt;
* change or swap characters’ Personal Resources&lt;br /&gt;
* record that characters have learned rituals or recipes that fall outside Imperial lore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the processes in this chapter, start by getting to the “Character” tab of the crew interface unless otherwise specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Miscellaneous===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating new characters====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new character, a player needs to log into their PD account on a device connected to the PD Wi-Fi. If they have their own phone or laptop and can connect to the PD Wi-Fi, or can use a player PC, this is ideal, but if necessary and the queue is short enough they can use one of the query PCs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When creating a new character, the player can join any publicly listed band. If they want to join a secret band, they can only do that in play; from our perspective, that process is described in (&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039; Create Bond). Once the new character has been created, the player should come to the front desk in GOD and ask for the new character to be activated and their new pack to be printed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating new bands====&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new band, a player needs to log into their PD account on a device connected to the PD Wi-Fi. Once the band has been created, there are two ways characters can join:&lt;br /&gt;
* If the band is public, new characters can join during the character generation process, by simply selecting the band name from a drop-down list.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the band is secret, or the character looking to join is already in play, the only way for them to join is in play, using the (&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039; Create Bond spell per Create Bond.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dead or Alive?====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; that egregores can check whether a character in their nation is dead or alive.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Get to the “Players” tab of the crew interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Look up the PID of the character’s player.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click on the “Characters” tab under the player name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Check that the relevant character is a member of the egregore’s nation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. If the character status is “Dead”, the character is dead. If the character status is “Retired” or “Played”, the character is alive. Tell the egregore whether the character is dead or alive according to our system (obviously, particularly during and shortly after battles, there may be a delay between the character dying and it getting updated on the database, but egregores should be expecting that).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details===&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes the function of the buttons present on the right-hand side of the page on the Details tab under the character name.&lt;br /&gt;
====Play character====&lt;br /&gt;
This button is only present for a character that has been created but not activated&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Play Character”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. A pop-up will appear saying something like “Please confirm that you wish to set [character] to played and create their resource and inventory.” Click “Confirm”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. A button labelled “Event Pack” will now appear on the right-hand side of the page. Click “Event Pack”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. A pop-up will appear saying something like “Please confirm that you wish to book out the inventory for [character] and print them an event pack.” Click “Confirm”.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: because the character has been newly set to played, you should always see a confirmation that the player envelope and passport have been sent to the print queue. You should never see a message that the envelope and passport were already in the print queue. If you do, something has gone very wrong – get one of the heads of department to come and poke around in the system!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Either ask the player to wait while you assemble their pack (see 9.2 Making up), or ask them to come back in a time frame you have agreed with the heads of department, and make a note of the PID, the time you sent their pack request to the print queue, and the time you told them to come back. Make sure the heads of department have this information.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retiring and killing characters====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Retiring&#039;&#039; a character leaves them alive but makes them unplayable. &#039;&#039;Killing&#039;&#039; a character changes their status to dead. When players come in to GOD to register a character death, they should hand in any game items that were on their character’s body at the moment they stopped phys-repping the body. (So, for example, if their body was looted after their death but before they stopped phys-repping the body, those items are still in circulation and do not need to be handed in!) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players can both retire characters and report character deaths themselves, but we’ll often do it for them. If a player has already generated a new character, go ahead and retire or kill their existing active character for them before activating their new character. If they haven’t, feel free to tell them to head to the player PCs (or use one of their own devices connected to the PD Wi-Fi) to report their character death and create their new character, then come back to the front desk to have their new character activated and their new pack prepared.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The steps are at least straightforward for this one:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Retire Character” or “Kill Character” as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click “Confirm” in the dialogue box.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Edit character====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Enter the PID and press Tab or Enter. (This will automatically take you to the page of the currently active character.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click “Edit Character” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The only things you should ever change using this dialogue box are the name and the archetype. &#039;&#039;&#039;Do not change any other field via this dialogue unless you are being given explicit instructions by a head of department or referee&#039;&#039;&#039;: some fields can be changed via other menus, and some fields should not be changed at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Leave band====&lt;br /&gt;
Players can leave a band for any reason, but we have to process this for them. &#039;&#039;(Players automatically leave all bands when moving nations).&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Leave Band”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Double-check with the player which of their Banner, Coven, and Sect they wish to leave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tick the appropriate check boxes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Move nation====&lt;br /&gt;
Before registering a change of nation at GOD, players should have completed roleplay in the field and obtained agreement from the egregore of the nation the character is moving to.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Confirm that the character has performed the appropriate roleplaying with the egregore of the nation they are moving to. This is a key step, but some players aren’t aware of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Find the page for the player’s character, and click “Move Nation”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the pop-up, select the new nation from the drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When a character changes nation they &#039;&#039;may&#039;&#039; also wish to change the location of their Personal Resource (see Personal Resources below), but this isn’t a requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Personal Resources====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;For more details&#039;&#039;&#039;-[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Resource#Personal_Resource Personal Resources- Player wiki]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are nine types of Personal Resource, listed here along with what a basic (level 1) resource of each type, that is not&lt;br /&gt;
subject to any penalties, produces each downtime:&lt;br /&gt;
• Business: produces 9 crowns&lt;br /&gt;
• Congregation: produce 5 doses of liao; provides 10 votes in the Imperial Synod; &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be owned by crew&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
• Farm: produces 9 crowns&lt;br /&gt;
• Fleet: trades to produce items or money, or privateers to produce random resources&lt;br /&gt;
• Forest: produces 12 units of one rare material&lt;br /&gt;
• Herb garden: produces 14 herbs (2 Bladeroot, 2 Cerulean Mazzarine, 2 Imperial Roseweald, 2 Marrowort, 6 True&lt;br /&gt;
Vervain)&lt;br /&gt;
• Mana site: produces 7 mana crystals&lt;br /&gt;
• Military unit: can be used to enhance an Imperial army, or to produce random resources&lt;br /&gt;
• Mine: produces 12 units of one rare metal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of things players might want to do with their resource, some of which GOD can help with and some of&lt;br /&gt;
which we can’t.&lt;br /&gt;
====Change resource====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether or not we charge people depends on why they want to change resource. If they’re a new player or character, they’re still getting to grips with the game, or they’re not having fun, they can change resource for free. Otherwise, there’s a charge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; game crew – crew like GOD whose crewing mostly happens during time-in, rather than, say, the site crew who make things happen before and after time-in – cannot have Congregations as their personal resource. This probably won’t come up, but if you do get a crew member asking to change their resource to a Congregation, call a head of department over.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “New Resource”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In the pop-up that appears, select the desired new resource from the “Type” drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Check whether the player wishes to change the location of their resource, and if so make that change using the “Territory” drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Select one of the Payment radio button options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Swap resource====&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes two players will want to swap ownership of their resources. Provided you have both players in front of you and they’re both happy with this, go ahead and do it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is also how to handle resources that were left by a dead character to another in a will: swap the dead character’s resource with the living character’s resource. You can normally take it on trust that the players are being reasonable here, but if you’re concerned, get a head of department.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Neither GOD nor referees will register wills out-of-character, nor will the Civil Service register them in character; they’re entirely managed by players, with the sole exceptions of &#039;&#039;(a)&#039;&#039; they need someone in GOD to swap resources over, and &#039;&#039;(b)&#039;&#039; if there’s a dispute about a will, player characters are able to involve the magistrates, who are PD NPC crew.)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Navigate to the character page of one of the players.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Confirm that their resource is what they think it should be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Swap Resource”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the pop-up that appears, enter the other player’s PID in the “Recipient” box and press Enter or Tab, or click “Search”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Confirm with the players that the recipient character name is what they expect. (If not, see Looking up PID&#039;s in [[Player accounts]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Select one of the Payment radio button options. &#039;&#039;(For resource swaps, you will almost always need to take payment.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Assign Resource====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ignore this button&#039;&#039;&#039;. If GOD ever needs to touch it, something has gone wrong – escalate to a head of department so they can handle things.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upgrades====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal resources can only be upgraded during downtime. This is not something we can do in GOD during an event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personal resources can only be upgraded one level per downtime. Upgrading a resource requires Bourse resources (i.e. mithril, weirwood, or white granite). The number of wains required is equal to the level being upgraded to, so upgrading a resource from level 1 to level 2 requires 2 wains of the relevant material; upgrading from level 2 to level 3 requires 3 wains; and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check what level a resource has been upgraded to, click the resource type under the character details. The resource details will open, likely in a new tab. In the Details tab, next to the heading “Upgrades”, a pair of numbers will be given in the format “2 / 1”.&lt;br /&gt;
* The first number indicates the number of upgrades the resource has received. This is likely to be relevant when double-checking that people are about to swap the resources they intended to.&lt;br /&gt;
* The second number indicates the effective number of upgrades taking into account any bonuses or penalties. For more detail as to what’s going on for any particular resource, see the “Magic” tab. This information is likely to be relevant if somebody received fewer materials in their player pack than they expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Skills===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are lots of things relating to skills that players can do for themselves. In general, in this section, use your discretion: if there’s a long queue for the player PCs and a short queue for queries, or the player wants to ask multiple questions and skills are only some of them, or they’re a new player or generally seem like they’d benefit from reassurance, feel free to use your judgement about whether to redirect them or whether to answer their questions yourself. All the step-by-step instructions in this section assume that you are starting from the “Skills” tab of a Character page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Miscellaneous information====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sometimes players are concerned that their player passport is out-of-date, either because they think GOD crew won’t believe they know how to do things (we can check on the computers if we’re worried), or because they’re concerned they’ll forget what they know. Offer to hand-write the details of their skills on their existing passport (and initial it). As a last resort, offer to print out a new copy of their player passport.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a player wants to know how much XP they have to spend: ideally redirect them to someone who can show them how to find this out for themselves at the player PCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Learning new skills====&lt;br /&gt;
Characters learn skills by spending skill points, or XP. Characters receive 8 XP on creation, and 1 XP for the first and third event they attend each year. Players can spend XP themselves using player PCs or their own devices (connected to the PD Wi-Fi). If players aren’t sure how to do this themselves – or are unsure how many XP points they have available – ideally they’d be&lt;br /&gt;
redirected to the player PCs, if a member of GOD crew is present to explain to them, or show them how to do it. Use your judgement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; if you do wind up adding skills for players, be aware that the system lets crew spend more XP than the player actually has available, because it’s very occasionally useful to allow players to “overspend” their XP. You should never be doing this unless you have been told to by a head of department.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Skills” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the “Add Skill” button in the middle of the page, under the “Total Points Available” line.&lt;br /&gt;
* Note the appearance of the “Total Points Allocated” line. When the number after the “Total Points Allocated” line is equal to the number of points after the “Total Points Available” line, you have spent all the character’s XP and should not keep adding skills!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Choose a skill from the drop-down box labelled “Choose One”.&lt;br /&gt;
* Note that some skills require other skills as prerequisites, e.g. the skill “Hero” must be bought before any of the other “Heroic Skills” can be purchased. See the wiki for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. If necessary, click “Add Skill” again to generate another drop-down box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. If at any point you make a mistake, click “Delete” next to the skill you wish to delete (or simply change the dropdown to a skill you intended to add). At any time, you can click “Cancel” at the bottom of the page to discard all your changes and leave the page, or “Reset” to return the page to the state it was in before you began editing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Read out the list of changes you’ve made to the player to confirm they’re happy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. When complete, click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; that the interface for players looks different – both in terms of how to get there and in terms of what it looks like once you are there. Watching over our shoulders won’t help them much with sorting themselves out in future!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Learning new rituals or recipes for items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players can master most rituals (for mages) or learn most recipes for items (for artisans) themselves, at player PCs or using their own devices connected to PD Wi-Fi. Use your discretion.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To master a ritual that is part of Imperial lore:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Rituals” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Find an empty lore slot for the appropriate realm for the ritual, i.e. one with a blank drop-down (“Choose One”) next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player doesn’t know the realm for the ritual, you can look it up on the wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player does not have an empty lore slot, they will need to spend XP on an additional ritual slot for the appropriate realm. You can do this for them now (see Learning new skills above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select the ritual name from the drop-down box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
However, when characters learn rituals or recipes that do not form part of Imperial lore, this must be recorded by a member of GOD crew (or sometimes by MattP).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For mastering a ritual that is not part of Imperial lore:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The player must have in their possession the physical “ritual text” (magic bit of paper), which will usually be printed on vellum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click “Edit Rituals” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Find an “Extra lore” slot with a blank drop-down (“Choose One”) next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player does not have an empty “Extra lore” slot, they will need to spend XP on “Extra ritual”. You can do this for them now (see Learning new skills above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Select the ritual matching the name on the ritual text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To learn to make items in general:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Items” from the buttons on the right-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. &#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039;: complete this, including noting the restrictions on what levels of thing can go where.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Learning to make an item that is not part of Imperial lore happens rarely. If you’re confused about an item a player is asking about, escalate to the heads of department – they might well need to radio through to plot to ask what’s going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dropping and forgetting skills====&lt;br /&gt;
Players sometimes want to forget skills, rituals, or recipes they already know, for a variety of reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
* After a brand new player’s first event, they can retrain as many skills and options as they want to, including all of them, by logging in to their account on the PD website. There’s an enormous amount of lore, and getting your head around it takes time! We can also do this for them at their first event, especially if they’re not having fun.&lt;br /&gt;
* After every event a player attends, they can retrain a single skill, crafting option, or pair of rituals, by logging in to their account on the PD website. If a player did not use this option during downtime before an event, they can do it themselves at the event using a player PC or their own device.&lt;br /&gt;
* Sometimes a player’s access needs change, e.g. they have spent a lot of XP points on battle skills but can no longer participate in battles. In these cases, we need to remove all their battle skills for them. Err on the side of generosity and believing the player, here – and if in doubt, escalate to more senior crew or heads of department.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, if a player wants to forget more than one skill for IC reasons rather than OC reasons (e.g. access reasons, being a brand new player), they’ll need to forget skills gradually, one per event, or find some other in character mechanism (e.g. this has sometimes been possible with magic rituals) – but do escalate if you’re at all unsure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: if players want to forget all the rituals they’ve mastered, freeing up all their ritual slots, this is possible in-game with the ritual Infant Starts with a Blank Slate. Tell them that a ritual exists for this, and ask them if they’d like to be told the name by you or if they’d rather find it out in play – either is fine!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To use a player’s ability to forget one skill, one item recipe, or two mastered rituals per event on their behalf:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Drop Skill” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will be taken to the “Retrain Skill” page.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player wishes to retrain a skill:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Click the button labelled “Retrain” next to the skill the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
– Some skills are prerequisites for others. For example, the skill “Magician” cannot be retrained while a character knows any realm lore. The “Retrain Skill” button won’t appear next to a skill that is a required for other known skills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player wishes to retrain rituals:&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Click “Cancel” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Click “Rituals” from the tabs underneath the character name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Click “Retrain Ritual” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Click the button labelled “Retrain” next to up to two rituals the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(e) Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the player wishes to retrain an item recipe:&lt;br /&gt;
(a) Click “Cancel” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) Click “Items” from the tabs underneath the character name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(c) Click “Retrain Item” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(d) Click the button labelled “Retrain” next to the item the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(e) Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The player can then relearn skills, rituals, and recipes as normal (see Learning new skills, Learning new rituals or recipes for items above).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To forget multiple skills, e.g. for access reasons or for a brand new player, without affecting the player’s ability to forget one skill per downtime:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Skills” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the button labelled “Delete” next to each skill the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
* Note: this system will let you delete skills that are prerequisites for other skills. For example, you will be able to delete “Magician” without also deleting “Autumn lore”. If in doubt, check the wiki or check in with more senior crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To forget rituals:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Rituals” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the button labelled “Delete” next to each ritual the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To forget item recipes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “Edit Items” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click the button labelled “Delete” next to each item the player wants to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click “Save” at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ignore the “Edit Dropped Skills” button &#039;&#039;&#039;– &#039;&#039;you shouldn’t ever need to use this if you’re not a head of department.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory===&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, the entire contents of people’s inventories should be “booked out” into their player packs at the beginning of every event. In a small number of cases, this might not happen – if so, any items still in people’s inventories should be listed on the “Inventory” tab under the character name. All the processes in this section assume you’re starting from the Inventory tab unless otherwise specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some frequently asked questions are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Can I deposit…? →New Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Can I withdraw…? →New Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* I thought my pack was supposed to contain… →Show Entries&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; Actually write this up&lt;br /&gt;
====New entry====&lt;br /&gt;
Generally players are discouraged from depositing items to their inventory at the event unless they’re using them immediately for a ritual or similar. (See Resource hand-in in [[Player Packs- GOD]])&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To record deposits:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “New Entry” from the buttons on the right-hand side of the page. A pop-up will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. For each resource, enter a positive number in the appropriate box. Multiple resources can be deposited at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Under the “Details” heading:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) leave the “Type” drop-down as “Handed in at God”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) change the “Notes” field to “Handed in at…” (from “Handed in after…”)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To record withdrawals (hopefully rarely!):&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click “New Entry”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. For each resource that is being withdrawn, enter a negative number in the corresponding box, i.e. a minus sign followed by a number. Multiple resources can be withdrawn at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Under the “Details” heading:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) change the “Type” drop-down to “Handed out at God”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) change the “Notes” field to “Handed out at…”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click “Save”.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Show entries====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button is mostly useful for detective work, when someone’s confused or surprised about the quantity of resource in their pack. This is usually because they are &#039;&#039;(or in some cases are not)&#039;&#039; under the effect of some ritual or military action, which you’ll likely be able to dig out of the full history of inventory transactions. Grab a more senior member of crew to talk you through this until you’re confident with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Book out====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the button to click when you want to withdraw everything in a player’s inventory without having to fiddle around with the individual numbers. You shouldn’t need to use this very often.&lt;br /&gt;
====Not collected====&lt;br /&gt;
See &#039;&#039;Break down&#039;&#039; in [[Player Packs- GOD]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transfer====&lt;br /&gt;
You’re unlikely to need to use this button. Check with a head of department if you think you do&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downtime===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Downtime Downtime- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab only appears for characters with the Artisan skill. It provides information about which items the character made during downtime between events, and which resources they consumed to make those items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; flesh this out more – what Do about it? What information do we give players? What Problems do they Have?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bonds===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Create_bond Create bond- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; what Problems? what Information can we Provide?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Magic===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Magic Magic- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab provides information about magical effects the character is under.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; what Problems? what Information can we Provide?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Soul===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Testimony Testimonies- Player wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will show Testimony but…. what else? what do we need to know? what can we tell players under what circumstances? &amp;amp;c.?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ribbons===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO&#039;&#039;&#039; Fill out this section&lt;br /&gt;
====Bonding items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Unbonding items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Identifying items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing items====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; what for, when to use, how to use&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Lamination_station&amp;diff=5229</id>
		<title>Lamination station</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Lamination_station&amp;diff=5229"/>
		<updated>2023-07-12T20:56:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Transcribed from the PDF manual&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Guillotines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GOD has two guillotines, which should live on (or near) the lamination station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To unlock the blade, pull the handle slightly toward you, then lift.&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to the sharpied warning about the maximum number of sheets the guillotine can handle!  One is more delicate than the other.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Always&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;lower and lock the blade&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; when you leave the guillotine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Laminators ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laminators are vital to the smooth functioning of (the) Empire.  They&#039;re used for potions, wounds, area effects, toilet signs, and much more… and they&#039;re also persnickety and prone to indigestion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Always make sure they&#039;re warmed up before you start using them.  Most of them have temperature indicator lights showing whether they&#039;re ready.  They need to be powed on at least five minutes before you start laminating anything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Always feed pouches into the laminator closed end first.  Don&#039;t force them — let the laminator pick them up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Always keep track of whether you&#039;re getting the same number of laminator pouches out as you&#039;ve fed in. If in doubt, hit REVERSE (if available) or power the laminator down, then fetch somebody (preferably Erin) to perform emergency surgery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Methuselah has a zone marked &amp;quot;DO NOT USE&amp;quot;. Please do not feed laminating pouches into this zone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_manual&amp;diff=5228</id>
		<title>GOD manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_manual&amp;diff=5228"/>
		<updated>2023-07-12T20:54:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: /* Physical processes */ Add Lamination Station section.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== About this manual ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the beginning, there was nothing.  Which exploded.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Terry Pratchett, &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Lords and Ladies&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The &#039;&#039;GOD manual&#039;&#039; tells GOD crew how to do things.&#039;&#039;&#039; It&#039;s the repository of knowledge that describes the majority of processes that are followed at (and occasionally between) events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historically, the GOD manual took the form of a PDF. As of July 2023, we&#039;re in the process of migrating it to this wiki. If you&#039;d like to help, get in touch with Adam.  Until that process is completed, you will likely need to check both this wiki and the PDF manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Caution|&#039;&#039;&#039;This wiki is publicly accessible.&#039;&#039;&#039; The vast majority of things that GOD do are fine to publish here, but be careful not to reference details of plot that aren&#039;t generally available. You can talk about the existence of (say) [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Children_in_bloom#Chaos_Fruit chaos fruit], since that&#039;s available on the player wiki, and you can talk about how we organise them and print them, but don&#039;t give any details about how they work from a plot or game mechanic perspective. Equally, if you want to provide screenshots or similar, make sure you don&#039;t use a real player account; use Crew Room (PID 0) or Ref Dummy Character (CID 0.1).}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Welcome to GOD]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Background ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Relevant information from the crew wiki:&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Crew organisation]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Radio protocol]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Empire resources&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Currency]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Cards &amp;amp; Lammies]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Bourse Resources]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Physical processes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GOD physical organisation]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lamination station]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Task Tracking]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Packs- GOD]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lost property]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Potions desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GOD checklists]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Online processes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Printing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Visions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bookings and payments&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Bookings]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Taking payments]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Confirming concessions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Character processess]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Magic | Magic (including Rituals)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Religion | Religion (including Ceremonies)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ribbons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Glossary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing this manual ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Give pages clear, unambiguous, non-conflicting names&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This may require some careful wordsmithing as we&#039;re operating in the same namespace as the rest of the crew wiki.  The convention for this wiki is for titles to have the first word capitalised only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Try to avoid duplicating existing pages&#039;&#039;&#039;.  If there&#039;s already relevant information in this crew wiki, refer to that rather than duplicating it in another page.  Including relevant references to the main player wiki can also be really helpful if someone needs to understand the wider context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cross-linking is good.&#039;&#039;&#039; Try to avoid repeating yourself – having the same information in multiple places is a good way to have multiple bits of information fall out of sync with each other – and instead write something once and link to it anywhere else it&#039;s useful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Make things easy to link to&#039;&#039;&#039; by breaking things up into discrete bite-sized chunks, whether by putting things in different pages or by having good header structure within one that allows for direct linking to a particular section.  Done well, we should be able to link directly to relevant details from various parts of the crew website interface, so that the wiki provides effective context-sensitive help for all tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Put all the manual pages in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;GOD manual&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; category&#039;&#039;&#039; to make sure all pages can be found easily.  This is done by putting the code &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Category:GOD manual]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; at the bottom of each page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Document the &#039;why&#039; as well as the &#039;what&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.  There are competing goals to everything we&#039;re writing here: we want things that are quick and easy and straightforward to follow, and we &#039;&#039;also&#039;&#039; want to document why we do things the way we do them, so if we want to change things in future we have half a chance of understanding why things are the way they are now. Consider having separate sections in any process documentation for (a) a process overview for folk who know what they&#039;re doing but want a reminder of some specifics, (b) a detailed step-by-step guide for folk who aren&#039;t familiar with the process, and (c) a final section explaining the reasoning behind anything that isn&#039;t obvious.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_physical_organisation&amp;diff=5227</id>
		<title>GOD physical organisation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_physical_organisation&amp;diff=5227"/>
		<updated>2023-07-12T20:32:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Prettyify operating hours listing as a table.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===Tent Layout===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you’re interested in playing around with the layout, the tables we use are 6’×2.5’ (and 75cm tall).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; add dimensions for the tent itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TODO:&#039;&#039;&#039; add an up-to-date image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Opening Hours===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are aspirational, and subject to change according to conditions on the ground:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &#039;&#039;&#039;Thursday&#039;&#039;&#039; || 12:00–18:00 || set-up&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||                     || 18:00–22:00 || pack hand-out (maybe!)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &#039;&#039;&#039;Friday&#039;&#039;&#039;      || 10:00–12:00 || training&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||                     || 12:00–18:00 || pack hand-out &amp;amp; OOC queries&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||                     || 18:00–01:00 || full service&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &#039;&#039;&#039;Saturday&#039;&#039;&#039; || 09:30–01:00 || full service&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &#039;&#039;&#039;Sunday&#039;&#039;&#039;   || 09:30–15:00 || full service&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||                    || 15:00–17:00 || pack hand-in, tear-down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Currency&amp;diff=5226</id>
		<title>Currency</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Currency&amp;diff=5226"/>
		<updated>2023-07-12T20:22:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Reformat the textual list as a table for ease of reading&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Imperial coins ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 8 coin denominations in the Empire:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width: 30em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: burlywood&amp;quot; | 1 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: burlywood&amp;quot; | ring&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: burlywood&amp;quot; | 5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: burlywood&amp;quot; | rings&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: whitesmoke&amp;quot; | 1 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: whitesmoke&amp;quot; | crown&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: whitesmoke&amp;quot; | 4 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: whitesmoke&amp;quot; | crowns&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | 1 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | throne&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | 5 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | 20 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | 100 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pack envelope notation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On pack envelopes, the number of each denomination of coin to be included is given in square brackets in increasing value. You will most commonly see “18 rings [3, 3]”, as in 3×1 ring coins and 3×5 ring coins; as a more complicated example, [3, 2, 0, 1, 4] indicates that you need to pack:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width: 30em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039; ×&lt;br /&gt;
|| 1 ring&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039; ×&lt;br /&gt;
|| 5 rings&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;0&#039;&#039;&#039; ×&lt;br /&gt;
|| 1 crown&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039; ×&lt;br /&gt;
|| 4 crowns&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039; ×&lt;br /&gt;
|| 1 throne&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exchange rates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These values relate to each other as shown here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width: 30em; font-weight: bold; text-align: center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| 20 rings || = || 1 crown || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| || || 8 crowns || = || 1 throne&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expanding that out:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width: 30em; font-weight: bold; text-align: center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| 20 rings || = || 1 crown || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 80 rings || = || 4 crowns || = || ½ throne&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 160 rings || = || 8 crowns || = || 1 throne&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 320 rings || = || 16 crowns || = || 2 thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 800 rings || = || 40 crowns || = || 5 thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1600 rings || = || 80 crowns || = || 10 thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3200 rings || = || 160 crowns || = || 20 thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 16000 rings || = || 800 crowns || = || 100 thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remembering exchange rates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most humans have &#039;&#039;&#039;twenty digits and one head&#039;&#039;&#039; (five fingers on each hand plus five toes on each foot), so if you wear one ring per digit and one crown per head you end up with twenty rings and one crown. The number of crowns to a throne doesn’t make any sense, but this is because while in-game There Have Always Been Ten Nations, out-of-character two of the nations are relatively new, so it used to be &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;eight nations makes one empire”&#039;&#039;&#039; and “eight (national) crowns make one (Imperial) throne”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Currency#Imperial_Coins Player Wiki page on Currency]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Glossary&amp;diff=5225</id>
		<title>Glossary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Glossary&amp;diff=5225"/>
		<updated>2023-07-12T20:04:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Initial version transliterated from the PDF manual, with some extra cross-links.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;;{{anchor|CID}}{{anchor|Character ID}}CID&lt;br /&gt;
:Short for &#039;&#039;&#039;Character ID&#039;&#039;&#039;, formed of the PID followed by a decimal point and an integer representing how many characters that player has had; often mixed up with [[#PID|PID]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;{{anchor|downtime}}downtime&lt;br /&gt;
:The time between events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;{{anchor|egregores}}egregores&lt;br /&gt;
:Non-player characters who embody the spirit of a nation.  See also [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Egregores Egregores] on the player wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;{{anchor|GOD crate}}GOD Crate&lt;br /&gt;
:The big green ISO storage container located next to the [[GOD physical organisation|GOD tent]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;{{anchor|lammies}}lammies&lt;br /&gt;
:Any small [[Cards &amp;amp; Lammies|laminated items]], often with an exposed tearable bit of paper for single-use potions, traumatic wounds, &amp;amp;c.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;{{anchor|matrix}}Matrix&lt;br /&gt;
:The endless sea of crates containing player packs, organised by [[#PID|PID]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;{{anchor|Maelstrom}}Maelstrom&lt;br /&gt;
:The name of one of the LARP games run by Profound Decisions prior to Empire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;{{anchor|Methuselah}}Methuselah&lt;br /&gt;
:Adam&#039;s fond nickname for the ancient and weary laminator on which was scribbled, many years ago by Sparky-Dave in the days of [[#Maelstrom|Maelstrom]], &amp;quot;DEAD&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;{{anchor|physrep}}physrep&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;Physical representation&amp;quot; i.e. the object that exists in the real out-of-character world that is representing an in-game item; for example, a foam-and-latex sword is a &#039;&#039;physrep&#039;&#039; for a real sword that can really stab people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;{{anchor|PID}}PID&lt;br /&gt;
:Player ID number, usually found on the top right-hand corner of documents, often confused with a [[#CID|CID]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;{{anchor|vellum}}vellum&lt;br /&gt;
:Not actually animal skin; use to refer to high-gsm (thick) cream paper used to print in-character documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Template:Anchor&amp;diff=5224</id>
		<title>Template:Anchor</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Template:Anchor&amp;diff=5224"/>
		<updated>2023-07-12T19:48:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Very simplified anchor template to add manual internal anchor links to a page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;{{{1|}}}&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Missing_artisan_items&amp;diff=5223</id>
		<title>Missing artisan items</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Missing_artisan_items&amp;diff=5223"/>
		<updated>2023-07-12T19:09:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Add to GOD manual category&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;What artisan items a player should have in their pack is something that often causes confusion. Here&#039;s some of the common problems:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The character passport – the piece of paper &#039;&#039;in&#039;&#039; the character pack – lists what items an artisan is capable of making. It &#039;&#039;doesn&#039;t&#039;&#039; list what items they should have made. New artisans sometimes expect to have ribbons for all the items on their passport, which is incorrect. The front of their pack will show what ribbons should be in the pack, and if you think the front of the pack is wrong, escalate that.&lt;br /&gt;
{{CaptionedImage|file=Screenshot 2023-07-12 183125.png|align=right|width=400px|caption=A downtime history showing someone making Mendicants Cassocks.}}&lt;br /&gt;
* Lots of items take two months to make. If a player selected to start making one of those in the third month of their downtime, it won&#039;t be completed and won&#039;t be in their pack. The first month of their next downtime will be spent finishing the item, and it&#039;ll be in their pack at their next event. You can check this by looking at the &amp;quot;Downtime&amp;quot; tab on the character page on the web interface: the half-made item will be in black rather than a blue clickable link.&lt;br /&gt;
* New characters who take the Artisan skill when they&#039;re new get three free items, based on what they can make. New Artisans who aren&#039;t new characters – characters who get the skill once they&#039;re already in play – &#039;&#039;don&#039;t&#039;&#039; get the free items; they have the advantage of having been able to make items in their previous downtime instead (where they get items that aren&#039;t free, but that are also valid for a full year, unlike the more limited time on the free items).&lt;br /&gt;
** If someone is genuinely a new character but their character pack doesn&#039;t show the free items – this can happen if someone has a new character but doesn&#039;t add the Artisan skill until after packing weekend – they can get the free ribbons. That&#039;s what the &amp;quot;Make Items&amp;quot; button on the character page is for.&lt;br /&gt;
** If anyone else wants free items and isn&#039;t happy with the explanation that they&#039;re only for brand new characters, send them to a head of department to handle as a complaint.&lt;br /&gt;
* If someone didn&#039;t submit a downtime, they won&#039;t make any items. We &#039;&#039;might&#039;&#039; be able to fix this, but it&#039;s a pain. We don&#039;t have a documented process yet, so escalate the problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Imperial:Breadcrumbs&amp;diff=5180</id>
		<title>Imperial:Breadcrumbs</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Imperial:Breadcrumbs&amp;diff=5180"/>
		<updated>2023-07-04T22:00:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Add GOD manual category breadcrumbs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* NPC Team @ [[Main Page|Home]] &amp;gt; [[Teams|NPC Teams]] &amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* Plot @ [[Main Page|Home]] &amp;gt; [[Plot writers guidelines|Plot]] &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* General @ [[Main Page|Home]] &amp;gt; [[General introduction|General]] &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* GOD manual @ [[Main Page|Home]] &amp;gt; [[General introduction|General]] &amp;gt; [[GOD manual]] &amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Currency&amp;diff=5179</id>
		<title>Currency</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Currency&amp;diff=5179"/>
		<updated>2023-07-04T21:54:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Replace bullets with table formatting, and include some colour-coding for good measure.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Imperial coins ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 8 coin denominations in the Empire:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width: 30em&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: burlywood&amp;quot; | 1 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: burlywood&amp;quot; | ring&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: burlywood&amp;quot; | 5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: burlywood&amp;quot; | rings&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: whitesmoke&amp;quot; | 1 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: whitesmoke&amp;quot; | crown&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: whitesmoke&amp;quot; | 4 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: whitesmoke&amp;quot; | crowns&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | 1 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | throne&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | 5 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | 20 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: right; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | 100 &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: left; background-color: khaki&amp;quot; | thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pack envelope notation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On pack envelopes, the number of each denomination of coin to be included is given in square brackets in increasing value. You will most commonly see “18 rings [3, 3]”, as in 3×1 ring coins and 3×5 ring coins; as a more complicated example, [3, 2, 0, 1, 4] indicates that you need to pack:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3×1 ring, 2×5 rings, 0×1 crown, 1×4 crowns, 4×1 throne&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exchange rates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These values relate to each other as shown here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width: 30em; font-weight: bold; text-align: center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| 20 rings || = || 1 crown || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| || || 8 crowns || = || 1 throne&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expanding that out:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;max-width: 30em; font-weight: bold; text-align: center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| 20 rings || = || 1 crown || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 80 rings || = || 4 crowns || = || ½ throne&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 160 rings || = || 8 crowns || = || 1 throne&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 320 rings || = || 16 crowns || = || 2 thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 800 rings || = || 40 crowns || = || 5 thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1600 rings || = || 80 crowns || = || 10 thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3200 rings || = || 160 crowns || = || 20 thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 16000 rings || = || 800 crowns || = || 100 thrones&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remembering exchange rates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most humans have &#039;&#039;&#039;twenty digits and one head&#039;&#039;&#039; (five fingers on each hand plus five toes on each foot), so if you wear one ring per digit and one crown per head you end up with twenty rings and one crown. The number of crowns to a throne doesn’t make any sense, but this is because while in-game There Have Always Been Ten Nations, out-of-character two of the nations are relatively new, so it used to be &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;eight nations makes one empire”&#039;&#039;&#039; and “eight (national) crowns make one (Imperial) throne”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Currency#Imperial_Coins Player Wiki page on Currency]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=User:Dwm&amp;diff=5178</id>
		<title>User:Dwm</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=User:Dwm&amp;diff=5178"/>
		<updated>2023-07-04T21:29:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Have figured out how breadcrumb links are generated; it&amp;#039;s not categories after all…&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Useful links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Special:SpecialPages | All special pages ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Special:Contributions/Dwm | My contributions ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imperial:Breadcrumbs | Breadcumbs configuration page ]] — see also https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:BreadCrumbs2&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_manual&amp;diff=5177</id>
		<title>GOD manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_manual&amp;diff=5177"/>
		<updated>2023-07-04T20:16:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Try to expand the existing manual structure into a set of wiki pages, some of which we already have.  Update the style guide.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== About this manual ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the beginning, there was nothing.  Which exploded.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Terry Pratchett, &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Lords and Ladies&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The &#039;&#039;GOD manual&#039;&#039; tells GOD crew how to do things.&#039;&#039;&#039; It&#039;s the repository of knowledge that describes the majority of processes that are followed at (and occasionally between) events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historically, the GOD manual took the form of a PDF. As of July 2023, we&#039;re in the process of migrating it to this wiki. If you&#039;d like to help, get in touch with Adam.  Until that process is completed, you will likely need to check both this wiki and the PDF manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Caution|&#039;&#039;&#039;This wiki is publicly accessible.&#039;&#039;&#039; The vast majority of things that GOD do are fine to publish here, but be careful not to reference details of plot that aren&#039;t generally available. You can talk about the existence of (say) [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Children_in_bloom#Chaos_Fruit chaos fruit], since that&#039;s available on the player wiki, and you can talk about how we organise them and print them, but don&#039;t give any details about how they work from a plot or game mechanic perspective. Equally, if you want to provide screenshots or similar, make sure you don&#039;t use a real player account; use Crew Room (PID 0) or Ref Dummy Character (CID 0.1).}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Welcome to GOD]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Background ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Relevant information from the crew wiki:&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Crew organisation]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Radio protocol]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Empire resources&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Currency]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Materials]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Cards &amp;amp; Lammies]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Bourse Resources]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Physical processes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GOD physical organisation]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Task Tracking]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Packs- GOD]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lost property]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Potions desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GOD checklists]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Online processes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Printing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Visions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bookings and payments&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Bookings]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Taking payments]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Confirming concessions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Character processess]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Magic | Magic (including Rituals)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Religion | Religion (including Ceremonies)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ribbons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Glossary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing this manual ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Give pages clear, unambiguous, non-conflicting names&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This may require some careful wordsmithing as we&#039;re operating in the same namespace as the rest of the crew wiki.  The convention for this wiki is for titles to have the first word capitalised only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Try to avoid duplicating existing pages&#039;&#039;&#039;.  If there&#039;s already relevant information in this crew wiki, refer to that rather than duplicating it in another page.  Including relevant references to the main player wiki can also be really helpful if someone needs to understand the wider context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cross-linking is good.&#039;&#039;&#039; Try to avoid repeating yourself – having the same information in multiple places is a good way to have multiple bits of information fall out of sync with each other – and instead write something once and link to it anywhere else it&#039;s useful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Make things easy to link to&#039;&#039;&#039; by breaking things up into discrete bite-sized chunks, whether by putting things in different pages or by having good header structure within one that allows for direct linking to a particular section.  Done well, we should be able to link directly to relevant details from various parts of the crew website interface, so that the wiki provides effective context-sensitive help for all tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Put all the manual pages in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;GOD manual&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; category&#039;&#039;&#039; to make sure all pages can be found easily.  This is done by putting the code &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Category:GOD manual]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; at the bottom of each page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Document the &#039;why&#039; as well as the &#039;what&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.  There are competing goals to everything we&#039;re writing here: we want things that are quick and easy and straightforward to follow, and we &#039;&#039;also&#039;&#039; want to document why we do things the way we do them, so if we want to change things in future we have half a chance of understanding why things are the way they are now. Consider having separate sections in any process documentation for (a) a process overview for folk who know what they&#039;re doing but want a reminder of some specifics, (b) a detailed step-by-step guide for folk who aren&#039;t familiar with the process, and (c) a final section explaining the reasoning behind anything that isn&#039;t obvious.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Welcome_to_GOD&amp;diff=5149</id>
		<title>Welcome to GOD</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Welcome_to_GOD&amp;diff=5149"/>
		<updated>2023-07-04T07:48:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Cross-links: Add link to top-level guidance for all crew; also refer complaints policy to wider guidance on supporting players.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;DON&#039;T PANIC&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Douglas Adams, &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;The Hitchhiker&#039;s Guide to the Galaxy&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Hello, and welcome to the GOD team.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hopefully you&#039;ve already had a chance to review the [[General_introduction|introduction for all crew]].  If you haven&#039;t already, all crew need to know the contents of the [[Crewing|Crewing guidelines]] and [[Crew_protocol|Crew Protocol]]. In particular, we&#039;d like to highlight:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Crewing#Enjoy_yourself|Enjoy yourself!]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Crew_protocol#Do_not_guess|Don&#039;t guess!]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some additional guidelines that apply specifically to GOD crew:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure personal data (credit card info, contact details, &amp;amp;c.) are not left on display.&#039;&#039;&#039; We are obliged under the Data Protection Act to handle such data responsibly and keep it confidential.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Log out of the PD website when you leave a computer.&#039;&#039;&#039;  If you take control of a terminal from someone else and they haven&#039;t logged themselves out, do it for them.  All actions taken on crew interfaces is logged for audit purposes; in the event of a review, it makes it much easier to work out what has happened later if all the actions are logged against the right person&#039;s account.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Escalate any complaints to the heads of department immediately.&#039;&#039;&#039;  In keeping with the [[Supporting_players#Event_experience | Supporting players]] policy, all complaints should be escalated to a head of department without delay; you&#039;re not expected to field it yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Be scrupulous and try to avoid any appearance of taking unfair advantage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Volunteering in GOD gives easy access to in-game resources.  Be aware of, and try to avoid, any appearance of a conflict of interest.  For example, don&#039;t book your own resources (or a partner&#039;s!) in or out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD_manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_manual&amp;diff=5148</id>
		<title>GOD manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_manual&amp;diff=5148"/>
		<updated>2023-07-04T00:15:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Update the page to follow the directive not to use sub-pages!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the beginning, there was nothing.  Which exploded.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Terry Pratchett, &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Lords and Ladies&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The &#039;&#039;GOD manual&#039;&#039; tells GOD crew how to do things.&#039;&#039;&#039; It&#039;s the repository of knowledge that describes the majority of processes that are followed at (and occasionally between) events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historically, the GOD manual took the form of a PDF. As of July 2023, we&#039;re in the process of migrating it to this wiki. If you&#039;d like to help, get in touch with Adam.  Until that process is completed, you will likely need to check both this wiki and the PDF manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Caution|&#039;&#039;&#039;This wiki is publicly accessible.&#039;&#039;&#039; The vast majority of things that GOD do are fine to publish here, but be careful not to reference details of plot that aren&#039;t generally available. You can talk about the existence of (say) [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Children_in_bloom#Chaos_Fruit chaos fruit], since that&#039;s available on the player wiki, and you can talk about how we organise them and print them, but don&#039;t give any details about how they work from a plot or game mechanic perspective. Equally, if you want to provide screenshots or similar, make sure you don&#039;t use a real player account; use Crew Room (PID 0) or Ref Dummy Character (CID 0.1).}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contents ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Welcome to GOD]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing this manual ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;del&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Create subpages to this one&#039;&#039;&#039; with a name like with names like [[GOD manual/Potions]] when you&#039;re documenting new things.  The exception to this guideline is if the topic is likely to be widely applicable to non-GOD crew, in which case create a new top level page (or link to the appropriate existing one.)&amp;lt;/del&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Give pages clear, unambiguous, non-conflicting names&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This may require some careful wordsmithing as we&#039;re operating in the same namespace as the rest of the crew wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cross-linking is good.&#039;&#039;&#039; Try to avoid repeating yourself – having the same information in multiple places is a good way to have multiple bits of information fall out of sync with each other – and instead write something once and link to it anywhere else it&#039;s useful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Make things easy to link to&#039;&#039;&#039; by breaking things up into discrete bite-sized chunks.  Done well, we should be able to link directly to relevant pages from various parts of the crew website interface, so that the wiki provides effective context-sensitive help for all tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Put all the manual pages in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;GOD manual&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; category&#039;&#039;&#039; to make sure all pages can be found easily.  This is done by putting the code &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Category:GOD manual]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; at the bottom of each page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Document the &#039;why&#039; as well as the &#039;what&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.  There are competing goals to everything we&#039;re writing here: we want things that are quick and easy and straightforward to follow, and we &#039;&#039;also&#039;&#039; want to document why we do things the way we do them, so if we want to change things in future we have half a chance of understanding why things are the way they are now. Consider having separate sections in any process documentation for (a) a process overview for folk who know what they&#039;re doing but want a reminder of some specifics, (b) a detailed step-by-step guide for folk who aren&#039;t familiar with the process, and (c) a final section explaining the reasoning behind anything that isn&#039;t obvious.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_manual/Getting_started&amp;diff=5147</id>
		<title>GOD manual/Getting started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_manual/Getting_started&amp;diff=5147"/>
		<updated>2023-07-04T00:02:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Dwm moved page GOD manual/Getting started to Welcome to GOD: Directed not to use sub-pages by Matt. :)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Welcome to GOD]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Welcome_to_GOD&amp;diff=5146</id>
		<title>Welcome to GOD</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Welcome_to_GOD&amp;diff=5146"/>
		<updated>2023-07-04T00:02:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Dwm moved page GOD manual/Getting started to Welcome to GOD: Directed not to use sub-pages by Matt. :)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;DON&#039;T PANIC&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Douglas Adams, &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;The Hitchhiker&#039;s Guide to the Galaxy&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Hello, and welcome to the GOD team.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you haven&#039;t already, all crew need to know the contents of the [[Crewing|Crewing guidelines]] and [[Crew_protocol|Crew Protocol]]. In particular, we&#039;d like to highlight:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Crewing#Enjoy_yourself|Enjoy yourself!]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Crew_protocol#Do_not_guess|Don&#039;t guess!]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some additional guidelines that apply specifically to GOD crew:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure personal data (credit card info, contact details, &amp;amp;c.) are not left on display.&#039;&#039;&#039; We are obliged under the Data Protection Act to handle such data responsibly and keep it confidential.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Log out of the PD website when you leave a computer.&#039;&#039;&#039;  If you take control of a terminal from someone else and they haven&#039;t logged themselves out, do it for them.  All actions taken on crew interfaces is logged for audit purposes; in the event of a review, it makes it much easier to work out what has happened later if all the actions are logged against the right person&#039;s account.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Escalate any complaints to the heads of department immediately.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Be scrupulous and try to avoid any appearance of taking unfair advantage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Volunteering in GOD gives easy access to in-game resources.  Be aware of, and try to avoid, any appearance of a conflict of interest.  For example, don&#039;t book your own resources (or a partner&#039;s!) in or out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD_manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Category:God&amp;diff=5145</id>
		<title>Category:God</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Category:God&amp;diff=5145"/>
		<updated>2023-07-03T23:45:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Dwm moved page Category:God to Category:GOD&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[:Category:GOD]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Category:GOD&amp;diff=5144</id>
		<title>Category:GOD</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Category:GOD&amp;diff=5144"/>
		<updated>2023-07-03T23:45:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Dwm moved page Category:God to Category:GOD&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:General]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Ordering_check_list&amp;diff=5143</id>
		<title>Ordering check list</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Ordering_check_list&amp;diff=5143"/>
		<updated>2023-07-03T23:44:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Change Category case to GOD for consistency&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IF YOU UPDATE THIS SHEET TO NOTE AN ORDER - YOU MUST INCLUDE THE DATE YOU SUBMITTED THE ORDER - OTHERWISE IT MESSES US UP A YEAR LATER&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/box&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lammies===&lt;br /&gt;
* 12,000 credit card lammy pouches (For Potions and Traumatic Wounds) &lt;br /&gt;
* 500 A4 lammy pouches&lt;br /&gt;
* 500 A5 lammy pouches&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplier - [http://www.bindingbazaar.com/ Binding Bazaar]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Baggies===&lt;br /&gt;
No need to order any baggies for 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Paper and Envelopes===&lt;br /&gt;
* 25,000 A5 sheets&lt;br /&gt;
* 10,000 A4 sheets&lt;br /&gt;
* 5000 sheets vellum&lt;br /&gt;
* 11,000 C5 plain white windowless envelopes&lt;br /&gt;
* 500 C4 plain white windowless envelopes &lt;br /&gt;
* Supplier - [http://www.ukfastprint.com/ Fastprint]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 20,000 sheets of A5 order by MP 15/3/2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cable Ties===&lt;br /&gt;
* 6,000 large site cable ties&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplier - [http://www.cabletiesonline.co.uk/ Cable Ties online]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Printer Ribbon and Foil===&lt;br /&gt;
* 10 Black Foil&lt;br /&gt;
* 20 Ribbons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ribbons and foil ordered 8/3/2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Resources===&lt;br /&gt;
Ordered from Sean McGuire Feb 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Coins===&lt;br /&gt;
Ordered from China March 2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potion Lammies===&lt;br /&gt;
Order by MP 15/3/2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lost Property Supplies==&lt;br /&gt;
3 rolls of ribbons in the same colours as last year (Waz to update with colours)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===T-shirts and Caps===&lt;br /&gt;
350 crew t-shirts&lt;br /&gt;
Bigger sizes needed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Equipment Hire==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Radios===&lt;br /&gt;
110 radios and holsters&lt;br /&gt;
60 D Ring Ear Pieces&lt;br /&gt;
20 boom mics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generator and Heaters===&lt;br /&gt;
* 65Kva generator&lt;br /&gt;
* 4 Cabinet Heaters&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplier - [http://www.paragontoolhire.com/maincat.asp?uid=e3771f30b328c74b8014c49b26267118&amp;amp;uidn=66 Paragon tool hire]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hired by CL 10/3/2016&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bottled Gas===&lt;br /&gt;
* Showers 4 x 47&lt;br /&gt;
* Feast 2 x 47, 4 x 19&lt;br /&gt;
* Sean 2 x 47&lt;br /&gt;
* God &amp;amp; Monster 4 x 47, 2 x 15 butane&lt;br /&gt;
* Tyches 2 x 19&lt;br /&gt;
* Khurram 2 x 19&lt;br /&gt;
* Will Hurst 2 x 19&lt;br /&gt;
* Total 12 * 47, 10 x 19, 2 x 15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tavern===&lt;br /&gt;
* Lager &lt;br /&gt;
* Cider &lt;br /&gt;
* Beer  &lt;br /&gt;
* Mead &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Glasses===&lt;br /&gt;
* 5000 pint glasses &lt;br /&gt;
* 4000 half-pint glasses &lt;br /&gt;
* 2000 shot glasses &lt;br /&gt;
* Supplier - [http://www.partyplastics.co.uk/default.aspx Party Plastics]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Tavern Stock===&lt;br /&gt;
* Pop&lt;br /&gt;
* Snacks&lt;br /&gt;
* Tobacco&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplier - [http://www.booker.co.uk/home.aspx Bookers]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diesel===&lt;br /&gt;
* 800l per event&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplier - 0844 812 4967 - [http://www.birminghamfueloils.co.uk/ Birmingham Fuel Oils]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Skips===&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 40 cubic yard roll-on roll-off containers&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplier - [http://dialabin.co.uk/ Dial-a-bin]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Crew Welfare===&lt;br /&gt;
*Pop&lt;br /&gt;
*Snacks&lt;br /&gt;
*Milk&lt;br /&gt;
*Bread&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Equipment==&lt;br /&gt;
*Decent Guillotine&lt;br /&gt;
*Decent Laminator&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2014]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Category:GOD_manual&amp;diff=5142</id>
		<title>Category:GOD manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Category:GOD_manual&amp;diff=5142"/>
		<updated>2023-07-03T23:44:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Change Category case to GOD for consistency&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:GOD]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Category:GOD&amp;diff=5141</id>
		<title>Category:GOD</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Category:GOD&amp;diff=5141"/>
		<updated>2023-07-03T23:39:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Place in General category so that breadcrumb links get generated.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:General]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Welcome_to_GOD&amp;diff=5140</id>
		<title>Welcome to GOD</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Welcome_to_GOD&amp;diff=5140"/>
		<updated>2023-07-03T23:26:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Add category link.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;DON&#039;T PANIC&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Douglas Adams, &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;The Hitchhiker&#039;s Guide to the Galaxy&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Hello, and welcome to the GOD team.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you haven&#039;t already, all crew need to know the contents of the [[Crewing|Crewing guidelines]] and [[Crew_protocol|Crew Protocol]]. In particular, we&#039;d like to highlight:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Crewing#Enjoy_yourself|Enjoy yourself!]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Crew_protocol#Do_not_guess|Don&#039;t guess!]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some additional guidelines that apply specifically to GOD crew:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure personal data (credit card info, contact details, &amp;amp;c.) are not left on display.&#039;&#039;&#039; We are obliged under the Data Protection Act to handle such data responsibly and keep it confidential.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Log out of the PD website when you leave a computer.&#039;&#039;&#039;  If you take control of a terminal from someone else and they haven&#039;t logged themselves out, do it for them.  All actions taken on crew interfaces is logged for audit purposes; in the event of a review, it makes it much easier to work out what has happened later if all the actions are logged against the right person&#039;s account.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Escalate any complaints to the heads of department immediately.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Be scrupulous and try to avoid any appearance of taking unfair advantage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Volunteering in GOD gives easy access to in-game resources.  Be aware of, and try to avoid, any appearance of a conflict of interest.  For example, don&#039;t book your own resources (or a partner&#039;s!) in or out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD_manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_manual&amp;diff=5139</id>
		<title>GOD manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_manual&amp;diff=5139"/>
		<updated>2023-07-03T23:25:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the beginning, there was nothing.  Which exploded.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Terry Pratchett, &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Lords and Ladies&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The &#039;&#039;GOD manual&#039;&#039; tells GOD crew how to do things.&#039;&#039;&#039; It&#039;s the repository of knowledge that describes the majority of processes that are followed at (and occasionally between) events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historically, the GOD manual took the form of a PDF. As of July 2023, we&#039;re in the process of migrating it to this wiki. If you&#039;d like to help, get in touch with Adam.  Until that process is completed, you will likely need to check both this wiki and the PDF manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Caution|&#039;&#039;&#039;This wiki is publicly accessible.&#039;&#039;&#039; The vast majority of things that GOD do are fine to publish here, but be careful not to reference details of plot that aren&#039;t generally available. You can talk about the existence of (say) [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Children_in_bloom#Chaos_Fruit chaos fruit], since that&#039;s available on the player wiki, and you can talk about how we organise them and print them, but don&#039;t give any details about how they work from a plot or game mechanic perspective. Equally, if you want to provide screenshots or similar, make sure you don&#039;t use a real player account; use Crew Room (PID 0) or Ref Dummy Character (CID 0.1).}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contents ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Brand new?&#039;&#039;&#039; Start at [[GOD_Manual/Getting_started|Getting Started]].&lt;br /&gt;
{{Special:PrefixIndex/{{FULLPAGENAME}}/ | stripprefix=1 | hideredirects=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing this manual ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Create subpages to this one&#039;&#039;&#039; with a name like with names like [[GOD manual/Potions]] when you&#039;re documenting new things.  The exception to this guideline is if the topic is likely to be widely applicable to non-GOD crew, in which case create a new top level page (or link to the appropriate existing one.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cross-linking is good.&#039;&#039;&#039; Try to avoid repeating yourself – having the same information in multiple places is a good way to have multiple bits of information fall out of sync with each other – and instead write something once and link to it anywhere else it&#039;s useful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Make things easy to link to&#039;&#039;&#039; by breaking things up into discrete bite-sized chunks.  Done well, we should be able to link directly to relevant pages from various parts of the crew website interface, so that the wiki provides effective context-sensitive help for all tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Document the &#039;why&#039; as well as the &#039;what&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.  There are competing goals to everything we&#039;re writing here: we want things that are quick and easy and straightforward to follow, and we &#039;&#039;also&#039;&#039; want to document why we do things the way we do them, so if we want to change things in future we have half a chance of understanding why things are the way they are now. Consider having separate sections in any process documentation for (a) a process overview for folk who know what they&#039;re doing but want a reminder of some specifics, (b) a detailed step-by-step guide for folk who aren&#039;t familiar with the process, and (c) a final section explaining the reasoning behind anything that isn&#039;t obvious.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GOD manual]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Category:GOD_manual&amp;diff=5138</id>
		<title>Category:GOD manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Category:GOD_manual&amp;diff=5138"/>
		<updated>2023-07-03T23:25:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Created page with &amp;quot;Category:God&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:God]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_Manual/Getting_started&amp;diff=5137</id>
		<title>GOD Manual/Getting started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_Manual/Getting_started&amp;diff=5137"/>
		<updated>2023-07-03T23:22:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Dwm moved page GOD Manual/Getting started to GOD manual/Getting started&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[GOD manual/Getting started]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Welcome_to_GOD&amp;diff=5136</id>
		<title>Welcome to GOD</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Welcome_to_GOD&amp;diff=5136"/>
		<updated>2023-07-03T23:22:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Dwm moved page GOD Manual/Getting started to GOD manual/Getting started&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;DON&#039;T PANIC&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Douglas Adams, &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;The Hitchhiker&#039;s Guide to the Galaxy&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Hello, and welcome to the GOD team.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you haven&#039;t already, all crew need to know the contents of the [[Crewing|Crewing guidelines]] and [[Crew_protocol|Crew Protocol]]. In particular, we&#039;d like to highlight:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Crewing#Enjoy_yourself|Enjoy yourself!]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Crew_protocol#Do_not_guess|Don&#039;t guess!]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some additional guidelines that apply specifically to GOD crew:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure personal data (credit card info, contact details, &amp;amp;c.) are not left on display.&#039;&#039;&#039; We are obliged under the Data Protection Act to handle such data responsibly and keep it confidential.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Log out of the PD website when you leave a computer.&#039;&#039;&#039;  If you take control of a terminal from someone else and they haven&#039;t logged themselves out, do it for them.  All actions taken on crew interfaces is logged for audit purposes; in the event of a review, it makes it much easier to work out what has happened later if all the actions are logged against the right person&#039;s account.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Escalate any complaints to the heads of department immediately.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Be scrupulous and try to avoid any appearance of taking unfair advantage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Volunteering in GOD gives easy access to in-game resources.  Be aware of, and try to avoid, any appearance of a conflict of interest.  For example, don&#039;t book your own resources (or a partner&#039;s!) in or out.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=User:Dwm&amp;diff=5135</id>
		<title>User:Dwm</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=User:Dwm&amp;diff=5135"/>
		<updated>2023-07-03T23:09:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Created page with &amp;quot;Useful links:  *  All special pages  *  My contributions &amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Useful links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Special:SpecialPages | All special pages ]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Special:Contributions/Dwm | My contributions ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_manual&amp;diff=5134</id>
		<title>GOD manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=GOD_manual&amp;diff=5134"/>
		<updated>2023-07-03T22:44:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Substantial update, trying to follow the principle of, &amp;quot;Put the most important words first.&amp;quot;  Also use the Caution template for nice formatting, and try to use the Special:PrefixIndex page to generate subpage links for us.  (Might not be working?)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the beginning, there was nothing.  Which exploded.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Terry Pratchett, &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Lords and Ladies&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The &#039;&#039;GOD manual&#039;&#039; tells GOD crew how to do things.&#039;&#039;&#039; It&#039;s the repository of knowledge that describes the majority of processes that are followed at (and occasionally between) events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historically, the GOD manual took the form of a PDF. As of July 2023, we&#039;re in the process of migrating it to this wiki. If you&#039;d like to help, get in touch with Adam.  Until that process is completed, you will likely need to check both this wiki and the PDF manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Caution|&#039;&#039;&#039;This wiki is publicly accessible.&#039;&#039;&#039; The vast majority of things that GOD do are fine to publish here, but be careful not to reference details of plot that aren&#039;t generally available. You can talk about the existence of (say) [https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/empire-wiki/Children_in_bloom#Chaos_Fruit chaos fruit], since that&#039;s available on the player wiki, and you can talk about how we organise them and print them, but don&#039;t give any details about how they work from a plot or game mechanic perspective. Equally, if you want to provide screenshots or similar, make sure you don&#039;t use a real player account; use Crew Room (PID 0) or Ref Dummy Character (CID 0.1).}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contents ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Brand new?&#039;&#039;&#039; Start at [[GOD_Manual/Getting_started|Getting Started]].&lt;br /&gt;
{{Special:PrefixIndex/{{FULLPAGENAME}}/ | hideredirects=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing this manual ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Create subpages to this one&#039;&#039;&#039; with a name like with names like [[GOD manual/Potions]] when you&#039;re documenting new things.  The exception to this guideline is if the topic is likely to be widely applicable to non-GOD crew, in which case create a new top level page (or link to the appropriate existing one.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cross-linking is good.&#039;&#039;&#039; Try to avoid repeating yourself – having the same information in multiple places is a good way to have multiple bits of information fall out of sync with each other – and instead write something once and link to it anywhere else it&#039;s useful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Make things easy to link to&#039;&#039;&#039; by breaking things up into discrete bite-sized chunks.  Done well, we should be able to link directly to relevant pages from various parts of the crew website interface, so that the wiki provides effective context-sensitive help for all tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Document the &#039;why&#039; as well as the &#039;what&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.  There are competing goals to everything we&#039;re writing here: we want things that are quick and easy and straightforward to follow, and we &#039;&#039;also&#039;&#039; want to document why we do things the way we do them, so if we want to change things in future we have half a chance of understanding why things are the way they are now. Consider having separate sections in any process documentation for (a) a process overview for folk who know what they&#039;re doing but want a reminder of some specifics, (b) a detailed step-by-step guide for folk who aren&#039;t familiar with the process, and (c) a final section explaining the reasoning behind anything that isn&#039;t obvious.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:God]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Welcome_to_GOD&amp;diff=5133</id>
		<title>Welcome to GOD</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Welcome_to_GOD&amp;diff=5133"/>
		<updated>2023-07-03T22:31:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Initial version, using the PDF manual as a base.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;DON&#039;T PANIC&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Douglas Adams, &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;The Hitchhiker&#039;s Guide to the Galaxy&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Hello, and welcome to the GOD team.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you haven&#039;t already, all crew need to know the contents of the [[Crewing|Crewing guidelines]] and [[Crew_protocol|Crew Protocol]]. In particular, we&#039;d like to highlight:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Crewing#Enjoy_yourself|Enjoy yourself!]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Crew_protocol#Do_not_guess|Don&#039;t guess!]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some additional guidelines that apply specifically to GOD crew:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Ensure personal data (credit card info, contact details, &amp;amp;c.) are not left on display.&#039;&#039;&#039; We are obliged under the Data Protection Act to handle such data responsibly and keep it confidential.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Log out of the PD website when you leave a computer.&#039;&#039;&#039;  If you take control of a terminal from someone else and they haven&#039;t logged themselves out, do it for them.  All actions taken on crew interfaces is logged for audit purposes; in the event of a review, it makes it much easier to work out what has happened later if all the actions are logged against the right person&#039;s account.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Escalate any complaints to the heads of department immediately.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Be scrupulous and try to avoid any appearance of taking unfair advantage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Volunteering in GOD gives easy access to in-game resources.  Be aware of, and try to avoid, any appearance of a conflict of interest.  For example, don&#039;t book your own resources (or a partner&#039;s!) in or out.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Category:GOD&amp;diff=5132</id>
		<title>Category:GOD</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Category:GOD&amp;diff=5132"/>
		<updated>2023-07-03T21:54:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Created page with &amp;quot;Pages relating to the Games Operations Desk (GOD).&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Pages relating to the Games Operations Desk (GOD).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Template:Caution&amp;diff=5131</id>
		<title>Template:Caution</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.profounddecisions.co.uk/mediawiki-crew-pd/index.php?title=Template:Caution&amp;diff=5131"/>
		<updated>2023-07-03T21:17:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dwm: Don&amp;#039;t use headings, they appear in TOCs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;alert alert-block&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;strong style=&amp;quot;color: black&amp;quot;&amp;gt;⚠️Caution&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;color: gray&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{{1|}}}&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dwm</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>